|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * ex_cmds2.c: some more functions for command line commands
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
15 # include <io.h>
|
|
|
16 #endif
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
21 # include <fcntl.h>
|
|
|
22 #endif
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 static void cmd_source __ARGS((char_u *fname, exarg_T *eap));
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
29 static int debug_greedy = FALSE; /* batch mode debugging: don't save
|
|
|
30 and restore typeahead. */
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 /*
|
|
|
33 * do_debug(): Debug mode.
|
|
|
34 * Repeatedly get Ex commands, until told to continue normal execution.
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
|
36 void
|
|
|
37 do_debug(cmd)
|
|
|
38 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
39 {
|
|
|
40 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
41 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
42 int save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
|
|
|
43 int save_cmd_silent = cmd_silent;
|
|
|
44 int save_msg_silent = msg_silent;
|
|
|
45 int save_emsg_silent = emsg_silent;
|
|
|
46 int save_redir_off = redir_off;
|
|
|
47 tasave_T typeaheadbuf;
|
|
|
48 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
49 int save_ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
50 # endif
|
|
|
51 int n;
|
|
|
52 char_u *cmdline = NULL;
|
|
|
53 char_u *p;
|
|
|
54 char *tail = NULL;
|
|
|
55 static int last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
56 #define CMD_CONT 1
|
|
|
57 #define CMD_NEXT 2
|
|
|
58 #define CMD_STEP 3
|
|
|
59 #define CMD_FINISH 4
|
|
|
60 #define CMD_QUIT 5
|
|
|
61 #define CMD_INTERRUPT 6
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #ifdef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
64 /* Can't do this when there is no terminal for input/output. */
|
|
|
65 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 /* Break as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
68 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
69 return;
|
|
|
70 }
|
|
|
71 #endif
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* Make sure we are in raw mode and start termcap mode. Might have side
|
|
|
74 * effects... */
|
|
|
75 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
76 starttermcap();
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78 ++RedrawingDisabled; /* don't redisplay the window */
|
|
|
79 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for return */
|
|
|
80 did_emsg = FALSE; /* don't use error from debugged stuff */
|
|
|
81 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* display commands */
|
|
|
82 msg_silent = FALSE; /* display messages */
|
|
|
83 emsg_silent = FALSE; /* display error messages */
|
|
|
84 redir_off = TRUE; /* don't redirect debug commands */
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
87 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
88 want_sniff_request = 0; /* No K_SNIFF wanted */
|
|
|
89 #endif
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
91 if (!debug_did_msg)
|
|
|
92 MSG(_("Entering Debug mode. Type \"cont\" to continue."));
|
|
|
93 if (sourcing_name != NULL)
|
|
|
94 msg(sourcing_name);
|
|
|
95 if (sourcing_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
96 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: %s"), (long)sourcing_lnum, cmd);
|
|
|
97 else
|
|
|
98 msg_str((char_u *)_("cmd: %s"), cmd);
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100 /*
|
|
|
101 * Repeat getting a command and executing it.
|
|
|
102 */
|
|
|
103 for (;;)
|
|
|
104 {
|
|
|
105 msg_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
106 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
107 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
108 ProcessSniffRequests();
|
|
|
109 #endif
|
|
|
110 /* Save the current typeahead buffer and replace it with an empty one.
|
|
|
111 * This makes sure we get input from the user here and don't interfere
|
|
|
112 * with the commands being executed. Reset "ex_normal_busy" to avoid
|
|
|
113 * the side effects of using ":normal". Save the stuff buffer and make
|
|
|
114 * it empty. */
|
|
|
115 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
116 save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
117 ex_normal_busy = 0;
|
|
|
118 # endif
|
|
|
119 if (!debug_greedy)
|
|
|
120 save_typeahead(&typeaheadbuf);
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 cmdline = getcmdline_prompt('>', NULL, 0);
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 if (!debug_greedy)
|
|
|
125 restore_typeahead(&typeaheadbuf);
|
|
|
126 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
127 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
128 # endif
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
131 if (cmdline != NULL)
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 /* If this is a debug command, set "last_cmd".
|
|
|
134 * If not, reset "last_cmd".
|
|
|
135 * For a blank line use previous command. */
|
|
|
136 p = skipwhite(cmdline);
|
|
|
137 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
138 {
|
|
|
139 switch (*p)
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 case 'c': last_cmd = CMD_CONT;
|
|
|
142 tail = "ont";
|
|
|
143 break;
|
|
|
144 case 'n': last_cmd = CMD_NEXT;
|
|
|
145 tail = "ext";
|
|
|
146 break;
|
|
|
147 case 's': last_cmd = CMD_STEP;
|
|
|
148 tail = "tep";
|
|
|
149 break;
|
|
|
150 case 'f': last_cmd = CMD_FINISH;
|
|
|
151 tail = "inish";
|
|
|
152 break;
|
|
|
153 case 'q': last_cmd = CMD_QUIT;
|
|
|
154 tail = "uit";
|
|
|
155 break;
|
|
|
156 case 'i': last_cmd = CMD_INTERRUPT;
|
|
|
157 tail = "nterrupt";
|
|
|
158 break;
|
|
|
159 default: last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
160 }
|
|
|
161 if (last_cmd != 0)
|
|
|
162 {
|
|
|
163 /* Check that the tail matches. */
|
|
|
164 ++p;
|
|
|
165 while (*p != NUL && *p == *tail)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 ++p;
|
|
|
168 ++tail;
|
|
|
169 }
|
|
|
170 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p))
|
|
|
171 last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 }
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
175 if (last_cmd != 0)
|
|
|
176 {
|
|
|
177 /* Execute debug command: decided where to break next and
|
|
|
178 * return. */
|
|
|
179 switch (last_cmd)
|
|
|
180 {
|
|
|
181 case CMD_CONT:
|
|
|
182 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
183 break;
|
|
|
184 case CMD_NEXT:
|
|
|
185 debug_break_level = ex_nesting_level;
|
|
|
186 break;
|
|
|
187 case CMD_STEP:
|
|
|
188 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
189 break;
|
|
|
190 case CMD_FINISH:
|
|
|
191 debug_break_level = ex_nesting_level - 1;
|
|
|
192 break;
|
|
|
193 case CMD_QUIT:
|
|
|
194 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
195 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
196 break;
|
|
|
197 case CMD_INTERRUPT:
|
|
|
198 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
199 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
200 /* Do not repeat ">interrupt" cmd, continue stepping. */
|
|
|
201 last_cmd = CMD_STEP;
|
|
|
202 break;
|
|
|
203 }
|
|
|
204 break;
|
|
|
205 }
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 /* don't debug this command */
|
|
|
208 n = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
209 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
210 (void)do_cmdline(cmdline, getexline, NULL,
|
|
|
211 DOCMD_VERBOSE|DOCMD_EXCRESET);
|
|
|
212 debug_break_level = n;
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 vim_free(cmdline);
|
|
|
215 }
|
|
|
216 lines_left = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
217 }
|
|
|
218 vim_free(cmdline);
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
221 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
222 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
223 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
224 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
225 lines_left = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
226 State = save_State;
|
|
|
227 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
|
|
|
228 cmd_silent = save_cmd_silent;
|
|
|
229 msg_silent = save_msg_silent;
|
|
|
230 emsg_silent = save_emsg_silent;
|
|
|
231 redir_off = save_redir_off;
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 /* Only print the message again when typing a command before coming back
|
|
|
234 * here. */
|
|
|
235 debug_did_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
236 }
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 /*
|
|
|
239 * ":debug".
|
|
|
240 */
|
|
|
241 void
|
|
|
242 ex_debug(eap)
|
|
|
243 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
244 {
|
|
|
245 int debug_break_level_save = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
248 do_cmdline_cmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
249 debug_break_level = debug_break_level_save;
|
|
|
250 }
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 static char_u *debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
253 static linenr_T debug_breakpoint_lnum;
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 /*
|
|
|
256 * When debugging or a breakpoint is set on a skipped command, no debug prompt
|
|
|
257 * is shown by do_one_cmd(). This situation is indicated by debug_skipped, and
|
|
|
258 * debug_skipped_name is then set to the source name in the breakpoint case. If
|
|
|
259 * a skipped command decides itself that a debug prompt should be displayed, it
|
|
|
260 * can do so by calling dbg_check_skipped().
|
|
|
261 */
|
|
|
262 static int debug_skipped;
|
|
|
263 static char_u *debug_skipped_name;
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
265 /*
|
|
|
266 * Go to debug mode when a breakpoint was encountered or "ex_nesting_level" is
|
|
|
267 * at or below the break level. But only when the line is actually
|
|
|
268 * executed. Return TRUE and set breakpoint_name for skipped commands that
|
|
|
269 * decide to execute something themselves.
|
|
|
270 * Called from do_one_cmd() before executing a command.
|
|
|
271 */
|
|
|
272 void
|
|
|
273 dbg_check_breakpoint(eap)
|
|
|
274 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
275 {
|
|
|
276 char_u *p;
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 debug_skipped = FALSE;
|
|
|
279 if (debug_breakpoint_name != NULL)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 /* replace K_SNR with "<SNR>" */
|
|
|
284 if (debug_breakpoint_name[0] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
285 && debug_breakpoint_name[1] == KS_EXTRA
|
|
|
286 && debug_breakpoint_name[2] == (int)KE_SNR)
|
|
|
287 p = (char_u *)"<SNR>";
|
|
|
288 else
|
|
|
289 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
290 smsg((char_u *)_("Breakpoint in \"%s%s\" line %ld"), p,
|
|
|
291 debug_breakpoint_name + (*p == NUL ? 0 : 3),
|
|
|
292 (long)debug_breakpoint_lnum);
|
|
|
293 debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
294 do_debug(eap->cmd);
|
|
|
295 }
|
|
|
296 else
|
|
|
297 {
|
|
|
298 debug_skipped = TRUE;
|
|
|
299 debug_skipped_name = debug_breakpoint_name;
|
|
|
300 debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
301 }
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303 else if (ex_nesting_level <= debug_break_level)
|
|
|
304 {
|
|
|
305 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
306 do_debug(eap->cmd);
|
|
|
307 else
|
|
|
308 {
|
|
|
309 debug_skipped = TRUE;
|
|
|
310 debug_skipped_name = NULL;
|
|
|
311 }
|
|
|
312 }
|
|
|
313 }
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
315 /*
|
|
|
316 * Go to debug mode if skipped by dbg_check_breakpoint() because eap->skip was
|
|
|
317 * set. Return TRUE when the debug mode is entered this time.
|
|
|
318 */
|
|
|
319 int
|
|
|
320 dbg_check_skipped(eap)
|
|
|
321 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 int prev_got_int;
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 if (debug_skipped)
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 /*
|
|
|
328 * Save the value of got_int and reset it. We don't want a previous
|
|
|
329 * interruption cause flushing the input buffer.
|
|
|
330 */
|
|
|
331 prev_got_int = got_int;
|
|
|
332 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
333 debug_breakpoint_name = debug_skipped_name;
|
|
|
334 /* eap->skip is TRUE */
|
|
|
335 eap->skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
336 (void)dbg_check_breakpoint(eap);
|
|
|
337 eap->skip = TRUE;
|
|
|
338 got_int |= prev_got_int;
|
|
|
339 return TRUE;
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341 return FALSE;
|
|
|
342 }
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 /*
|
|
|
345 * The list of breakpoints: dbg_breakp.
|
|
|
346 * This is a grow-array of structs.
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348 struct debuggy
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 int dbg_nr; /* breakpoint number */
|
|
|
351 int dbg_type; /* DBG_FUNC or DBG_FILE */
|
|
|
352 char_u *dbg_name; /* function or file name */
|
|
|
353 regprog_T *dbg_prog; /* regexp program */
|
|
|
354 linenr_T dbg_lnum; /* line number in function or file */
|
|
|
355 };
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 static garray_T dbg_breakp = {0, 0, sizeof(struct debuggy), 4, NULL};
|
|
|
358 #define BREAKP(idx) (((struct debuggy *)dbg_breakp.ga_data)[idx])
|
|
|
359 static int last_breakp = 0; /* nr of last defined breakpoint */
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 #define DBG_FUNC 1
|
|
|
362 #define DBG_FILE 2
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 static int dbg_parsearg __ARGS((char_u *arg));
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Parse the arguments of ":breakadd" or ":breakdel" and put them in the entry
|
|
|
368 * just after the last one in dbg_breakp. Note that "dbg_name" is allocated.
|
|
|
369 * Returns FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
370 */
|
|
|
371 static int
|
|
|
372 dbg_parsearg(arg)
|
|
|
373 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 char_u *p = arg;
|
|
|
376 char_u *q;
|
|
|
377 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 if (ga_grow(&dbg_breakp, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
380 return FAIL;
|
|
|
381 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 /* Find "func" or "file". */
|
|
|
384 if (STRNCMP(p, "func", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
385 bp->dbg_type = DBG_FUNC;
|
|
|
386 else if (STRNCMP(p, "file", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
387 bp->dbg_type = DBG_FILE;
|
|
|
388 else
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p);
|
|
|
391 return FAIL;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 /* Find optional line number. */
|
|
|
396 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 bp->dbg_lnum = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
399 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
400 }
|
|
|
401 else
|
|
|
402 bp->dbg_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 /* Find the function or file name. Don't accept a function name with (). */
|
|
|
405 if (*p == NUL
|
|
|
406 || (bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC && strstr((char *)p, "()") != NULL))
|
|
|
407 {
|
|
|
408 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
409 return FAIL;
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 if (bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC)
|
|
|
413 bp->dbg_name = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
414 else
|
|
|
415 {
|
|
|
416 /* Expand the file name in the same way as do_source(). This means
|
|
|
417 * doing it twice, so that $DIR/file gets expanded when $DIR is
|
|
|
418 * "~/dir". */
|
|
|
419 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
420 q = mch_munge_fname(p);
|
|
|
421 #else
|
|
|
422 q = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424 if (q == NULL)
|
|
|
425 return FAIL;
|
|
|
426 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
427 p = mch_munge_fname(q);
|
|
|
428 #else
|
|
|
429 p = expand_env_save(q);
|
|
|
430 #endif
|
|
|
431 vim_free(q);
|
|
|
432 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
433 return FAIL;
|
|
8
|
434 bp->dbg_name = p;
|
|
7
|
435 #ifdef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
436 if (bp->dbg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
437 slash_n_colon_adjust(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
|
439 }
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 if (bp->dbg_name == NULL)
|
|
|
442 return FAIL;
|
|
|
443 return OK;
|
|
|
444 }
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 /*
|
|
|
447 * ":breakadd".
|
|
|
448 */
|
|
|
449 void
|
|
|
450 ex_breakadd(eap)
|
|
|
451 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
452 {
|
|
|
453 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
454 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 if (dbg_parsearg(eap->arg) == OK)
|
|
|
457 {
|
|
|
458 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
459 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(bp->dbg_name, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
460 if (pat != NULL)
|
|
|
461 {
|
|
|
462 bp->dbg_prog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
|
|
|
463 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
464 }
|
|
|
465 if (pat == NULL || bp->dbg_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
466 vim_free(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
467 else
|
|
|
468 {
|
|
|
469 if (bp->dbg_lnum == 0) /* default line number is 1 */
|
|
|
470 bp->dbg_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
471 BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len++).dbg_nr = ++last_breakp;
|
|
|
472 --dbg_breakp.ga_room;
|
|
|
473 ++debug_tick;
|
|
|
474 }
|
|
|
475 }
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 /*
|
|
|
479 * ":debuggreedy".
|
|
|
480 */
|
|
|
481 void
|
|
|
482 ex_debuggreedy(eap)
|
|
|
483 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
484 {
|
|
|
485 if (eap->addr_count == 0 || eap->line2 != 0)
|
|
|
486 debug_greedy = TRUE;
|
|
|
487 else
|
|
|
488 debug_greedy = FALSE;
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
491 /*
|
|
|
492 * ":breakdel".
|
|
|
493 */
|
|
|
494 void
|
|
|
495 ex_breakdel(eap)
|
|
|
496 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 struct debuggy *bp, *bpi;
|
|
|
499 int nr;
|
|
|
500 int todel = -1;
|
|
|
501 int i;
|
|
|
502 linenr_T best_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 if (vim_isdigit(*eap->arg))
|
|
|
505 {
|
|
|
506 /* ":breakdel {nr}" */
|
|
|
507 nr = atol((char *)eap->arg);
|
|
|
508 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
509 if (BREAKP(i).dbg_nr == nr)
|
|
|
510 {
|
|
|
511 todel = i;
|
|
|
512 break;
|
|
|
513 }
|
|
|
514 }
|
|
|
515 else
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 /* ":breakdel {func|file} [lnum] {name}" */
|
|
|
518 if (dbg_parsearg(eap->arg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
519 return;
|
|
|
520 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
521 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
522 {
|
|
|
523 bpi = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
524 if (bp->dbg_type == bpi->dbg_type
|
|
|
525 && STRCMP(bp->dbg_name, bpi->dbg_name) == 0
|
|
|
526 && (bp->dbg_lnum == bpi->dbg_lnum
|
|
|
527 || (bp->dbg_lnum == 0
|
|
|
528 && (best_lnum == 0
|
|
|
529 || bpi->dbg_lnum < best_lnum))))
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 todel = i;
|
|
|
532 best_lnum = bpi->dbg_lnum;
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534 }
|
|
|
535 vim_free(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 if (todel < 0)
|
|
|
539 EMSG2(_("E161: Breakpoint not found: %s"), eap->arg);
|
|
|
540 else
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 vim_free(BREAKP(todel).dbg_name);
|
|
|
543 vim_free(BREAKP(todel).dbg_prog);
|
|
|
544 --dbg_breakp.ga_len;
|
|
|
545 ++dbg_breakp.ga_room;
|
|
|
546 if (todel < dbg_breakp.ga_len)
|
|
|
547 mch_memmove(&BREAKP(todel), &BREAKP(todel + 1),
|
|
|
548 (dbg_breakp.ga_len - todel) * sizeof(struct debuggy));
|
|
|
549 ++debug_tick;
|
|
|
550 }
|
|
|
551 }
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 /*
|
|
|
554 * ":breaklist".
|
|
|
555 */
|
|
|
556 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
557 void
|
|
|
558 ex_breaklist(eap)
|
|
|
559 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
560 {
|
|
|
561 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
562 int i;
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
564 if (dbg_breakp.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
565 MSG(_("No breakpoints defined"));
|
|
|
566 else
|
|
|
567 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
568 {
|
|
|
569 bp = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
570 smsg((char_u *)_("%3d %s %s line %ld"),
|
|
|
571 bp->dbg_nr,
|
|
|
572 bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC ? "func" : "file",
|
|
|
573 bp->dbg_name,
|
|
|
574 (long)bp->dbg_lnum);
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576 }
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 /*
|
|
|
579 * Find a breakpoint for a function or sourced file.
|
|
|
580 * Returns line number at which to break; zero when no matching breakpoint.
|
|
|
581 */
|
|
|
582 linenr_T
|
|
|
583 dbg_find_breakpoint(file, fname, after)
|
|
|
584 int file; /* TRUE for a file, FALSE for a function */
|
|
|
585 char_u *fname; /* file or function name */
|
|
|
586 linenr_T after; /* after this line number */
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
589 int i;
|
|
|
590 linenr_T lnum = 0;
|
|
|
591 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
592 char_u *name = fname;
|
|
|
593 int prev_got_int;
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
595 /* Replace K_SNR in function name with "<SNR>". */
|
|
|
596 if (!file && fname[0] == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 name = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(fname) + 3);
|
|
|
599 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
600 name = fname;
|
|
|
601 else
|
|
|
602 {
|
|
|
603 STRCPY(name, "<SNR>");
|
|
|
604 STRCPY(name + 5, fname + 3);
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606 }
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 /* skip entries that are not useful or are for a line that is beyond
|
|
|
611 * an already found breakpoint */
|
|
|
612 bp = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
613 if ((bp->dbg_type == DBG_FILE) == file
|
|
|
614 && bp->dbg_lnum > after
|
|
|
615 && (lnum == 0 || bp->dbg_lnum < lnum))
|
|
|
616 {
|
|
|
617 regmatch.regprog = bp->dbg_prog;
|
|
|
618 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
619 /*
|
|
|
620 * Save the value of got_int and reset it. We don't want a previous
|
|
|
621 * interruption cancel matching, only hitting CTRL-C while matching
|
|
|
622 * should abort it.
|
|
|
623 */
|
|
|
624 prev_got_int = got_int;
|
|
|
625 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
626 if (vim_regexec(®match, name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
627 lnum = bp->dbg_lnum;
|
|
|
628 got_int |= prev_got_int;
|
|
|
629 }
|
|
|
630 }
|
|
|
631 if (name != fname)
|
|
|
632 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
634 return lnum;
|
|
|
635 }
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 /*
|
|
|
638 * Called when a breakpoint was encountered.
|
|
|
639 */
|
|
|
640 void
|
|
|
641 dbg_breakpoint(name, lnum)
|
|
|
642 char_u *name;
|
|
|
643 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
644 {
|
|
|
645 /* We need to check if this line is actually executed in do_one_cmd() */
|
|
|
646 debug_breakpoint_name = name;
|
|
|
647 debug_breakpoint_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
648 }
|
|
|
649 #endif
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 /*
|
|
|
652 * If 'autowrite' option set, try to write the file.
|
|
|
653 * Careful: autocommands may make "buf" invalid!
|
|
|
654 *
|
|
|
655 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
656 */
|
|
|
657 int
|
|
|
658 autowrite(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
659 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
660 int forceit;
|
|
|
661 {
|
|
|
662 if (!(p_aw || p_awa) || !p_write
|
|
|
663 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
664 /* never autowrite a "nofile" or "nowrite" buffer */
|
|
|
665 || bt_dontwrite(buf)
|
|
|
666 #endif
|
|
|
667 || (!forceit && buf->b_p_ro) || buf->b_ffname == NULL)
|
|
|
668 return FAIL;
|
|
|
669 return buf_write_all(buf, forceit);
|
|
|
670 }
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
672 /*
|
|
|
673 * flush all buffers, except the ones that are readonly
|
|
|
674 */
|
|
|
675 void
|
|
|
676 autowrite_all()
|
|
|
677 {
|
|
|
678 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 if (!(p_aw || p_awa) || !p_write)
|
|
|
681 return;
|
|
|
682 for (buf = firstbuf; buf; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
683 if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !buf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
684 {
|
|
|
685 (void)buf_write_all(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
686 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
687 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
|
|
|
688 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
689 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
690 #endif
|
|
|
691 }
|
|
|
692 }
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 /*
|
|
|
695 * return TRUE if buffer was changed and cannot be abandoned.
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
698 int
|
|
|
699 check_changed(buf, checkaw, mult_win, forceit, allbuf)
|
|
|
700 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
701 int checkaw; /* do autowrite if buffer was changed */
|
|
|
702 int mult_win; /* check also when several wins for the buf */
|
|
|
703 int forceit;
|
|
|
704 int allbuf; /* may write all buffers */
|
|
|
705 {
|
|
|
706 if ( !forceit
|
|
|
707 && bufIsChanged(buf)
|
|
|
708 && (mult_win || buf->b_nwindows <= 1)
|
|
|
709 && (!checkaw || autowrite(buf, forceit) == FAIL))
|
|
|
710 {
|
|
|
711 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
|
|
|
712 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && p_write)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 buf_T *buf2;
|
|
|
715 int count = 0;
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 if (allbuf)
|
|
|
718 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
719 if (bufIsChanged(buf2)
|
|
|
720 && (buf2->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
721 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
722 || cmdmod.browse
|
|
|
723 # endif
|
|
|
724 ))
|
|
|
725 ++count;
|
|
|
726 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
727 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
728 /* Autocommand deleted buffer, oops! It's not changed now. */
|
|
|
729 return FALSE;
|
|
|
730 # endif
|
|
|
731 dialog_changed(buf, count > 1);
|
|
|
732 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
733 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
734 /* Autocommand deleted buffer, oops! It's not changed now. */
|
|
|
735 return FALSE;
|
|
|
736 # endif
|
|
|
737 return bufIsChanged(buf);
|
|
|
738 }
|
|
|
739 #endif
|
|
|
740 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg));
|
|
|
741 return TRUE;
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743 return FALSE;
|
|
|
744 }
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 #if defined(FEAT_BROWSE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
749 /*
|
|
|
750 * When wanting to write a file without a file name, ask the user for a name.
|
|
|
751 */
|
|
|
752 void
|
|
|
753 browse_save_fname(buf)
|
|
|
754 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 if (buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
|
758 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 fname = do_browse(TRUE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
761 NULL, buf);
|
|
|
762 if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
763 {
|
|
|
764 if (setfname(buf, fname, NULL, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
765 buf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
|
|
|
766 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 #endif
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 /*
|
|
|
773 * Ask the user what to do when abondoning a changed buffer.
|
|
|
774 * Must check 'write' option first!
|
|
|
775 */
|
|
|
776 void
|
|
|
777 dialog_changed(buf, checkall)
|
|
|
778 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
779 int checkall; /* may abandon all changed buffers */
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
|
781 char_u buff[IOSIZE];
|
|
|
782 int ret;
|
|
|
783 buf_T *buf2;
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 dialog_msg(buff, _("Save changes to \"%.*s\"?"),
|
|
|
786 (buf->b_fname != NULL) ?
|
|
|
787 buf->b_fname : (char_u *)_("Untitled"));
|
|
|
788 if (checkall)
|
|
|
789 ret = vim_dialog_yesnoallcancel(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 1);
|
|
|
790 else
|
|
|
791 ret = vim_dialog_yesnocancel(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 1);
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 if (ret == VIM_YES)
|
|
|
794 {
|
|
|
795 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
796 /* May get file name, when there is none */
|
|
|
797 browse_save_fname(buf);
|
|
|
798 #endif
|
|
|
799 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) /* didn't hit Cancel */
|
|
|
800 (void)buf_write_all(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
801 }
|
|
|
802 else if (ret == VIM_NO)
|
|
|
803 {
|
|
|
804 unchanged(buf, TRUE);
|
|
|
805 }
|
|
|
806 else if (ret == VIM_ALL)
|
|
|
807 {
|
|
|
808 /*
|
|
|
809 * Write all modified files that can be written.
|
|
|
810 * Skip readonly buffers, these need to be confirmed
|
|
|
811 * individually.
|
|
|
812 */
|
|
|
813 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
814 {
|
|
|
815 if (bufIsChanged(buf2)
|
|
|
816 && (buf2->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
817 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
818 || cmdmod.browse
|
|
|
819 #endif
|
|
|
820 )
|
|
|
821 && !buf2->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
822 {
|
|
|
823 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
824 /* May get file name, when there is none */
|
|
|
825 browse_save_fname(buf2);
|
|
|
826 #endif
|
|
|
827 if (buf2->b_fname != NULL) /* didn't hit Cancel */
|
|
|
828 (void)buf_write_all(buf2, FALSE);
|
|
|
829 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
830 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
|
|
|
831 if (!buf_valid(buf2))
|
|
|
832 buf2 = firstbuf;
|
|
|
833 #endif
|
|
|
834 }
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836 }
|
|
|
837 else if (ret == VIM_DISCARDALL)
|
|
|
838 {
|
|
|
839 /*
|
|
|
840 * mark all buffers as unchanged
|
|
|
841 */
|
|
|
842 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
843 unchanged(buf2, TRUE);
|
|
|
844 }
|
|
|
845 }
|
|
|
846 #endif
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
848 /*
|
|
|
849 * Return TRUE if the buffer "buf" can be abandoned, either by making it
|
|
|
850 * hidden, autowriting it or unloading it.
|
|
|
851 */
|
|
|
852 int
|
|
|
853 can_abandon(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
854 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
855 int forceit;
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 return ( P_HID(buf)
|
|
|
858 || !bufIsChanged(buf)
|
|
|
859 || buf->b_nwindows > 1
|
|
|
860 || autowrite(buf, forceit) == OK
|
|
|
861 || forceit);
|
|
|
862 }
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 /*
|
|
|
865 * Return TRUE if any buffer was changed and cannot be abandoned.
|
|
|
866 * That changed buffer becomes the current buffer.
|
|
|
867 */
|
|
|
868 int
|
|
|
869 check_changed_any(hidden)
|
|
|
870 int hidden; /* Only check hidden buffers */
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
873 int save;
|
|
|
874 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
875 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
876 #endif
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 for (;;)
|
|
|
879 {
|
|
|
880 /* check curbuf first: if it was changed we can't abandon it */
|
|
|
881 if (!hidden && curbufIsChanged())
|
|
|
882 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
883 else
|
|
|
884 {
|
|
|
885 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
886 if ((!hidden || buf->b_nwindows == 0) && bufIsChanged(buf))
|
|
|
887 break;
|
|
|
888 }
|
|
|
889 if (buf == NULL) /* No buffers changed */
|
|
|
890 return FALSE;
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
892 if (check_changed(buf, p_awa, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE) && buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
893 break; /* didn't save - still changes */
|
|
|
894 }
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
896 exiting = FALSE;
|
|
|
897 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
|
|
|
898 /*
|
|
|
899 * When ":confirm" used, don't give an error message.
|
|
|
900 */
|
|
|
901 if (!(p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm))
|
|
|
902 #endif
|
|
|
903 {
|
|
|
904 /* There must be a wait_return for this message, do_buffer()
|
|
|
905 * may cause a redraw. But wait_return() is a no-op when vgetc()
|
|
|
906 * is busy (Quit used from window menu), then make sure we don't
|
|
|
907 * cause a scroll up. */
|
|
|
908 if (vgetc_busy)
|
|
|
909 {
|
|
|
910 msg_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
|
911 msg_col = 0;
|
|
|
912 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
913 }
|
|
|
914 if (EMSG2(_("E162: No write since last change for buffer \"%s\""),
|
|
|
915 buf_spname(buf) != NULL ? (char_u *)buf_spname(buf) :
|
|
|
916 buf->b_fname))
|
|
|
917 {
|
|
|
918 save = no_wait_return;
|
|
|
919 no_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
920 wait_return(FALSE);
|
|
|
921 no_wait_return = save;
|
|
|
922 }
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
925 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
926 /* Try to find a window that contains the buffer. */
|
|
|
927 if (buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
928 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
929 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
|
|
|
930 {
|
|
|
931 win_goto(wp);
|
|
|
932 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
933 /* Paranoia: did autocms wipe out the buffer with changes? */
|
|
|
934 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
935 return TRUE;
|
|
|
936 # endif
|
|
|
937 break;
|
|
|
938 }
|
|
|
939 #endif
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 /* Open the changed buffer in the current window. */
|
|
|
942 if (buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
943 set_curbuf(buf, DOBUF_GOTO);
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 return TRUE;
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 /*
|
|
|
949 * return FAIL if there is no file name, OK if there is one
|
|
|
950 * give error message for FAIL
|
|
|
951 */
|
|
|
952 int
|
|
|
953 check_fname()
|
|
|
954 {
|
|
|
955 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 EMSG(_(e_noname));
|
|
|
958 return FAIL;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960 return OK;
|
|
|
961 }
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
963 /*
|
|
|
964 * flush the contents of a buffer, unless it has no file name
|
|
|
965 *
|
|
|
966 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
967 */
|
|
|
968 int
|
|
|
969 buf_write_all(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
970 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
971 int forceit;
|
|
|
972 {
|
|
|
973 int retval;
|
|
|
974 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
975 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
|
|
|
976 #endif
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 retval = (buf_write(buf, buf->b_ffname, buf->b_fname,
|
|
|
979 (linenr_T)1, buf->b_ml.ml_line_count, NULL,
|
|
|
980 FALSE, forceit, TRUE, FALSE));
|
|
|
981 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
982 if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
|
|
|
983 MSG(_("Warning: Entered other buffer unexpectedly (check autocommands)"));
|
|
|
984 #endif
|
|
|
985 return retval;
|
|
|
986 }
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 /*
|
|
|
989 * Code to handle the argument list.
|
|
|
990 */
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 /*
|
|
|
993 * Isolate one argument, taking quotes and backticks.
|
|
|
994 * Changes the argument in-place, puts a NUL after it.
|
|
|
995 * Quotes are removed, backticks remain.
|
|
|
996 * Return a pointer to the start of the next argument.
|
|
|
997 */
|
|
|
998 char_u *
|
|
|
999 do_one_arg(str)
|
|
|
1000 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1001 {
|
|
|
1002 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1003 int inquote;
|
|
|
1004 int inbacktick;
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 inquote = FALSE;
|
|
|
1007 inbacktick = FALSE;
|
|
|
1008 for (p = str; *str; ++str)
|
|
|
1009 {
|
|
|
1010 /*
|
|
|
1011 * for MSDOS et.al. a backslash is part of a file name.
|
|
|
1012 * Only skip ", space and tab.
|
|
|
1013 */
|
|
|
1014 if (rem_backslash(str))
|
|
|
1015 {
|
|
|
1016 *p++ = *str++;
|
|
|
1017 *p++ = *str;
|
|
|
1018 }
|
|
|
1019 else
|
|
|
1020 {
|
|
|
1021 /* An item ends at a space not in quotes or backticks */
|
|
|
1022 if (!inquote && !inbacktick && vim_isspace(*str))
|
|
|
1023 break;
|
|
|
1024 if (!inquote && *str == '`')
|
|
|
1025 inbacktick ^= TRUE;
|
|
|
1026 if (!inbacktick && *str == '"')
|
|
|
1027 inquote ^= TRUE;
|
|
|
1028 else
|
|
|
1029 *p++ = *str;
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031 }
|
|
|
1032 str = skipwhite(str);
|
|
|
1033 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 return str;
|
|
|
1036 }
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 static int do_arglist __ARGS((char_u *str, int what, int after));
|
|
|
1039 static void alist_check_arg_idx __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
1040 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1041 static int alist_add_list __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int after));
|
|
|
1042 #endif
|
|
|
1043 #define AL_SET 1
|
|
|
1044 #define AL_ADD 2
|
|
|
1045 #define AL_DEL 3
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1048 /*
|
|
|
1049 * Redefine the argument list.
|
|
|
1050 */
|
|
|
1051 void
|
|
|
1052 set_arglist(str)
|
|
|
1053 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1054 {
|
|
|
1055 do_arglist(str, AL_SET, 0);
|
|
|
1056 }
|
|
|
1057 #endif
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 /*
|
|
|
1060 * "what" == AL_SET: Redefine the argument list to 'str'.
|
|
|
1061 * "what" == AL_ADD: add files in 'str' to the argument list after "after".
|
|
|
1062 * "what" == AL_DEL: remove files in 'str' from the argument list.
|
|
|
1063 *
|
|
|
1064 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1065 */
|
|
|
1066 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1067 static int
|
|
|
1068 do_arglist(str, what, after)
|
|
|
1069 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1070 int what;
|
|
|
1071 int after; /* 0 means before first one */
|
|
|
1072 {
|
|
|
1073 garray_T new_ga;
|
|
|
1074 int exp_count;
|
|
|
1075 char_u **exp_files;
|
|
|
1076 int i;
|
|
|
1077 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1078 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1079 int match;
|
|
|
1080 #endif
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 /*
|
|
|
1083 * Collect all file name arguments in "new_ga".
|
|
|
1084 */
|
|
|
1085 ga_init2(&new_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 20);
|
|
|
1086 while (*str)
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
|
1088 if (ga_grow(&new_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1089 {
|
|
|
1090 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1091 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1092 }
|
|
|
1093 ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[new_ga.ga_len++] = str;
|
|
|
1094 --new_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 /* Isolate one argument, change it in-place, put a NUL after it. */
|
|
|
1097 str = do_one_arg(str);
|
|
|
1098 }
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1101 if (what == AL_DEL)
|
|
|
1102 {
|
|
|
1103 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1104 int didone;
|
|
|
1105
|
|
|
1106 /*
|
|
|
1107 * Delete the items: use each item as a regexp and find a match in the
|
|
|
1108 * argument list.
|
|
|
1109 */
|
|
|
1110 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
1111 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
1112 #else
|
|
|
1113 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Never ignore case */
|
|
|
1114 #endif
|
|
|
1115 for (i = 0; i < new_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
1116 {
|
|
|
1117 p = ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[i];
|
|
|
1118 p = file_pat_to_reg_pat(p, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
1119 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
1122 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
1123 {
|
|
|
1124 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1125 break;
|
|
|
1126 }
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 didone = FALSE;
|
|
|
1129 for (match = 0; match < ARGCOUNT; ++match)
|
|
|
1130 if (vim_regexec(®match, alist_name(&ARGLIST[match]),
|
|
|
1131 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
1132 {
|
|
|
1133 didone = TRUE;
|
|
|
1134 vim_free(ARGLIST[match].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1135 mch_memmove(ARGLIST + match, ARGLIST + match + 1,
|
|
|
1136 (ARGCOUNT - match - 1) * sizeof(aentry_T));
|
|
|
1137 --ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
1138 ++ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
1139 if (curwin->w_arg_idx > match)
|
|
|
1140 --curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1141 --match;
|
|
|
1142 }
|
|
|
1143
|
|
|
1144 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
1145 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1146 if (!didone)
|
|
|
1147 EMSG2(_(e_nomatch2), ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
1148 }
|
|
|
1149 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151 else
|
|
|
1152 #endif
|
|
|
1153 {
|
|
|
1154 i = expand_wildcards(new_ga.ga_len, (char_u **)new_ga.ga_data,
|
|
|
1155 &exp_count, &exp_files, EW_DIR|EW_FILE|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_NOTFOUND);
|
|
|
1156 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1157 if (i == FAIL)
|
|
|
1158 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1159 if (exp_count == 0)
|
|
|
1160 {
|
|
|
1161 EMSG(_(e_nomatch));
|
|
|
1162 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1163 }
|
|
|
1164
|
|
|
1165 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1166 if (what == AL_ADD)
|
|
|
1167 {
|
|
|
1168 (void)alist_add_list(exp_count, exp_files, after);
|
|
|
1169 vim_free(exp_files);
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171 else /* what == AL_SET */
|
|
|
1172 #endif
|
|
|
1173 alist_set(ALIST(curwin), exp_count, exp_files, FALSE);
|
|
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 alist_check_arg_idx();
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 return OK;
|
|
|
1179 }
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 /*
|
|
|
1182 * Check the validity of the arg_idx for each other window.
|
|
|
1183 */
|
|
|
1184 static void
|
|
|
1185 alist_check_arg_idx()
|
|
|
1186 {
|
|
|
1187 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1188 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 for (win = firstwin; win != NULL; win = win->w_next)
|
|
|
1191 if (win->w_alist == curwin->w_alist)
|
|
|
1192 check_arg_idx(win);
|
|
|
1193 #else
|
|
|
1194 check_arg_idx(curwin);
|
|
|
1195 #endif
|
|
|
1196 }
|
|
|
1197
|
|
|
1198 /*
|
|
|
1199 * Check if window "win" is editing the w_arg_idx file in its argument list.
|
|
|
1200 */
|
|
|
1201 void
|
|
|
1202 check_arg_idx(win)
|
|
|
1203 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 if (WARGCOUNT(win) > 1
|
|
|
1206 && (win->w_arg_idx >= WARGCOUNT(win)
|
|
|
1207 || (win->w_buffer->b_fnum
|
|
|
1208 != WARGLIST(win)[win->w_arg_idx].ae_fnum
|
|
|
1209 && (win->w_buffer->b_ffname == NULL
|
|
|
1210 || !(fullpathcmp(
|
|
|
1211 alist_name(&WARGLIST(win)[win->w_arg_idx]),
|
|
|
1212 win->w_buffer->b_ffname, TRUE) & FPC_SAME)))))
|
|
|
1213 {
|
|
|
1214 /* We are not editing the current entry in the argument list.
|
|
|
1215 * Set "arg_had_last" if we are editing the last one. */
|
|
|
1216 win->w_arg_idx_invalid = TRUE;
|
|
|
1217 if (win->w_arg_idx != WARGCOUNT(win) - 1
|
|
|
1218 && arg_had_last == FALSE
|
|
|
1219 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1220 && ALIST(win) == &global_alist
|
|
|
1221 #endif
|
|
|
1222 && GARGCOUNT > 0
|
|
|
1223 && win->w_arg_idx < GARGCOUNT
|
|
|
1224 && (win->w_buffer->b_fnum == GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum
|
|
|
1225 || (win->w_buffer->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
1226 && (fullpathcmp(alist_name(&GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1]),
|
|
|
1227 win->w_buffer->b_ffname, TRUE) & FPC_SAME))))
|
|
|
1228 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 else
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
|
1232 /* We are editing the current entry in the argument list.
|
|
|
1233 * Set "arg_had_last" if it's also the last one */
|
|
|
1234 win->w_arg_idx_invalid = FALSE;
|
|
|
1235 if (win->w_arg_idx == WARGCOUNT(win) - 1
|
|
|
1236 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1237 && win->w_alist == &global_alist
|
|
|
1238 #endif
|
|
|
1239 )
|
|
|
1240 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 /*
|
|
|
1245 * ":args", ":argslocal" and ":argsglobal".
|
|
|
1246 */
|
|
|
1247 void
|
|
|
1248 ex_args(eap)
|
|
|
1249 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 int i;
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_args)
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
|
1255 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1256 alist_unlink(ALIST(curwin));
|
|
|
1257 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_argglobal)
|
|
|
1258 ALIST(curwin) = &global_alist;
|
|
|
1259 else /* eap->cmdidx == CMD_arglocal */
|
|
|
1260 alist_new();
|
|
|
1261 #else
|
|
|
1262 ex_ni(eap);
|
|
|
1263 return;
|
|
|
1264 #endif
|
|
|
1265 }
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 if (!ends_excmd(*eap->arg))
|
|
|
1268 {
|
|
|
1269 /*
|
|
|
1270 * ":args file ..": define new argument list, handle like ":next"
|
|
|
1271 * Also for ":argslocal file .." and ":argsglobal file ..".
|
|
|
1272 */
|
|
|
1273 ex_next(eap);
|
|
|
1274 }
|
|
|
1275 else
|
|
|
1276 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1277 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_args)
|
|
|
1278 #endif
|
|
|
1279 {
|
|
|
1280 /*
|
|
|
1281 * ":args": list arguments.
|
|
|
1282 */
|
|
|
1283 if (ARGCOUNT > 0)
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 /* Overwrite the command, for a short list there is no scrolling
|
|
|
1286 * required and no wait_return(). */
|
|
|
1287 gotocmdline(TRUE);
|
|
|
1288 for (i = 0; i < ARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 if (i == curwin->w_arg_idx)
|
|
|
1291 msg_putchar('[');
|
|
|
1292 msg_outtrans(alist_name(&ARGLIST[i]));
|
|
|
1293 if (i == curwin->w_arg_idx)
|
|
|
1294 msg_putchar(']');
|
|
|
1295 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1300 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_arglocal)
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 garray_T *gap = &curwin->w_alist->al_ga;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 /*
|
|
|
1305 * ":argslocal": make a local copy of the global argument list.
|
|
|
1306 */
|
|
|
1307 if (ga_grow(gap, GARGCOUNT) == OK)
|
|
|
1308 for (i = 0; i < GARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1309 if (GARGLIST[i].ae_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
1310 {
|
|
|
1311 AARGLIST(curwin->w_alist)[gap->ga_len].ae_fname =
|
|
|
1312 vim_strsave(GARGLIST[i].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1313 AARGLIST(curwin->w_alist)[gap->ga_len].ae_fnum =
|
|
|
1314 GARGLIST[i].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1315 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1316 --gap->ga_room;
|
|
|
1317 }
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
|
1319 #endif
|
|
|
1320 }
|
|
|
1321
|
|
|
1322 /*
|
|
|
1323 * ":previous", ":sprevious", ":Next" and ":sNext".
|
|
|
1324 */
|
|
|
1325 void
|
|
|
1326 ex_previous(eap)
|
|
|
1327 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1328 {
|
|
|
1329 /* If past the last one already, go to the last one. */
|
|
|
1330 if (curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2 >= ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1331 do_argfile(eap, ARGCOUNT - 1);
|
|
|
1332 else
|
|
|
1333 do_argfile(eap, curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2);
|
|
|
1334 }
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 /*
|
|
|
1337 * ":rewind", ":first", ":sfirst" and ":srewind".
|
|
|
1338 */
|
|
|
1339 void
|
|
|
1340 ex_rewind(eap)
|
|
|
1341 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 do_argfile(eap, 0);
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 /*
|
|
|
1347 * ":last" and ":slast".
|
|
|
1348 */
|
|
|
1349 void
|
|
|
1350 ex_last(eap)
|
|
|
1351 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 do_argfile(eap, ARGCOUNT - 1);
|
|
|
1354 }
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 /*
|
|
|
1357 * ":argument" and ":sargument".
|
|
|
1358 */
|
|
|
1359 void
|
|
|
1360 ex_argument(eap)
|
|
|
1361 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 int i;
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 if (eap->addr_count > 0)
|
|
|
1366 i = eap->line2 - 1;
|
|
|
1367 else
|
|
|
1368 i = curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1369 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 /*
|
|
|
1373 * Edit file "argn" of the argument lists.
|
|
|
1374 */
|
|
|
1375 void
|
|
|
1376 do_argfile(eap, argn)
|
|
|
1377 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1378 int argn;
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 int other;
|
|
|
1381 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 if (argn < 0 || argn >= ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1384 {
|
|
|
1385 if (ARGCOUNT <= 1)
|
|
|
1386 EMSG(_("E163: There is only one file to edit"));
|
|
|
1387 else if (argn < 0)
|
|
|
1388 EMSG(_("E164: Cannot go before first file"));
|
|
|
1389 else
|
|
|
1390 EMSG(_("E165: Cannot go beyond last file"));
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392 else
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 setpcmark();
|
|
|
1395 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1396 need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
|
1397 #endif
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1400 if (*eap->cmd == 's') /* split window first */
|
|
|
1401 {
|
|
|
1402 if (win_split(0, 0) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1403 return;
|
|
|
1404 # ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
1405 curwin->w_p_scb = FALSE;
|
|
|
1406 # endif
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 else
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410 {
|
|
|
1411 /*
|
|
|
1412 * if 'hidden' set, only check for changed file when re-editing
|
|
|
1413 * the same buffer
|
|
|
1414 */
|
|
|
1415 other = TRUE;
|
|
|
1416 if (P_HID(curbuf))
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 p = fix_fname(alist_name(&ARGLIST[argn]));
|
|
|
1419 other = otherfile(p);
|
|
|
1420 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1421 }
|
|
|
1422 if ((!P_HID(curbuf) || !other)
|
|
|
1423 && check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, !other, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1424 return;
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 curwin->w_arg_idx = argn;
|
|
|
1428 if (argn == ARGCOUNT - 1
|
|
|
1429 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1430 && curwin->w_alist == &global_alist
|
|
|
1431 #endif
|
|
|
1432 )
|
|
|
1433 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 /* Edit the file; always use the last known line number. */
|
|
|
1436 (void)do_ecmd(0, alist_name(&ARGLIST[curwin->w_arg_idx]), NULL,
|
|
|
1437 eap, ECMD_LAST,
|
|
|
1438 (P_HID(curwin->w_buffer) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) +
|
|
|
1439 (eap->forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0));
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /* like Vi: set the mark where the cursor is in the file. */
|
|
|
1442 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_argdo)
|
|
|
1443 setmark('\'');
|
|
|
1444 }
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446
|
|
|
1447 /*
|
|
|
1448 * ":next", and commands that behave like it.
|
|
|
1449 */
|
|
|
1450 void
|
|
|
1451 ex_next(eap)
|
|
|
1452 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 int i;
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 /*
|
|
|
1457 * check for changed buffer now, if this fails the argument list is not
|
|
|
1458 * redefined.
|
|
|
1459 */
|
|
|
1460 if ( P_HID(curbuf)
|
|
|
1461 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_snext
|
|
|
1462 || !check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, FALSE, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 if (*eap->arg != NUL) /* redefine file list */
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 if (do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_SET, 0) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1467 return;
|
|
|
1468 i = 0;
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470 else
|
|
|
1471 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
|
|
|
1472 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1477 /*
|
|
|
1478 * ":argedit"
|
|
|
1479 */
|
|
|
1480 void
|
|
|
1481 ex_argedit(eap)
|
|
|
1482 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 int fnum;
|
|
|
1485 int i;
|
|
|
1486 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 /* Add the argument to the buffer list and get the buffer number. */
|
|
|
1489 fnum = buflist_add(eap->arg, BLN_LISTED);
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* Check if this argument is already in the argument list. */
|
|
|
1492 for (i = 0; i < ARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1493 if (ARGLIST[i].ae_fnum == fnum)
|
|
|
1494 break;
|
|
|
1495 if (i == ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 /* Can't find it, add it to the argument list. */
|
|
|
1498 s = vim_strsave(eap->arg);
|
|
|
1499 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1500 return;
|
|
|
1501 i = alist_add_list(1, &s,
|
|
|
1502 eap->addr_count > 0 ? (int)eap->line2 : curwin->w_arg_idx + 1);
|
|
|
1503 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1504 return;
|
|
|
1505 curwin->w_arg_idx = i;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 alist_check_arg_idx();
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 /* Edit the argument. */
|
|
|
1511 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513
|
|
|
1514 /*
|
|
|
1515 * ":argadd"
|
|
|
1516 */
|
|
|
1517 void
|
|
|
1518 ex_argadd(eap)
|
|
|
1519 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1520 {
|
|
|
1521 do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_ADD,
|
|
|
1522 eap->addr_count > 0 ? (int)eap->line2 : curwin->w_arg_idx + 1);
|
|
|
1523 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1524 maketitle();
|
|
|
1525 #endif
|
|
|
1526 }
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 /*
|
|
|
1529 * ":argdelete"
|
|
|
1530 */
|
|
|
1531 void
|
|
|
1532 ex_argdelete(eap)
|
|
|
1533 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1534 {
|
|
|
1535 int i;
|
|
|
1536 int n;
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 if (eap->addr_count > 0)
|
|
|
1539 {
|
|
|
1540 /* ":1,4argdel": Delete all arguments in the range. */
|
|
|
1541 if (eap->line2 > ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1542 eap->line2 = ARGCOUNT;
|
|
|
1543 n = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
|
|
|
1544 if (*eap->arg != NUL || n <= 0)
|
|
|
1545 EMSG(_(e_invarg));
|
|
|
1546 else
|
|
|
1547 {
|
|
|
1548 for (i = eap->line1; i <= eap->line2; ++i)
|
|
|
1549 vim_free(ARGLIST[i - 1].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1550 mch_memmove(ARGLIST + eap->line1 - 1, ARGLIST + eap->line2,
|
|
|
1551 (size_t)((ARGCOUNT - eap->line2) * sizeof(aentry_T)));
|
|
|
1552 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len -= n;
|
|
|
1553 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room += n;
|
|
|
1554 if (curwin->w_arg_idx >= eap->line2)
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_arg_idx -= n;
|
|
|
1556 else if (curwin->w_arg_idx > eap->line1)
|
|
|
1557 curwin->w_arg_idx = eap->line1;
|
|
|
1558 }
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560 else if (*eap->arg == NUL)
|
|
|
1561 EMSG(_(e_argreq));
|
|
|
1562 else
|
|
|
1563 do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_DEL, 0);
|
|
|
1564 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1565 maketitle();
|
|
|
1566 #endif
|
|
|
1567 }
|
|
|
1568
|
|
|
1569 /*
|
|
|
1570 * ":argdo", ":windo", ":bufdo"
|
|
|
1571 */
|
|
|
1572 void
|
|
|
1573 ex_listdo(eap)
|
|
|
1574 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1575 {
|
|
|
1576 int i;
|
|
|
1577 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1578 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1579 #endif
|
|
|
1580 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1581 int next_fnum = 0;
|
|
|
1582 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1583 char_u *save_ei = NULL;
|
|
|
1584 char_u *new_ei;
|
|
|
1585 #endif
|
|
|
1586
|
|
|
1587 #ifndef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1588 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1589 {
|
|
|
1590 ex_ni(eap);
|
|
|
1591 return;
|
|
|
1592 }
|
|
|
1593 #endif
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1596 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1597 {
|
|
|
1598 /* Add "Syntax" to 'eventignore' to skip loading syntax highlighting
|
|
|
1599 * for every buffer loaded into the window. A considerable speed
|
|
|
1600 * improvement. */
|
|
|
1601 save_ei = vim_strsave(p_ei);
|
|
|
1602 if (save_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 new_ei = vim_strnsave(p_ei, (int)STRLEN(p_ei) + 8);
|
|
|
1605 if (new_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1606 {
|
|
|
1607 STRCAT(new_ei, ",Syntax");
|
|
|
1608 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ei", -1, new_ei, OPT_FREE);
|
|
|
1609 vim_free(new_ei);
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612 }
|
|
|
1613 #endif
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo
|
|
|
1616 || P_HID(curbuf)
|
|
|
1617 || !check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, FALSE, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 /* start at the first argument/window/buffer */
|
|
|
1620 i = 0;
|
|
|
1621 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1622 win = firstwin;
|
|
|
1623 #endif
|
|
|
1624 /* set pcmark now */
|
|
|
1625 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1626 goto_buffer(eap, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, 0);
|
|
|
1627 else
|
|
|
1628 setpcmark();
|
|
|
1629 listcmd_busy = TRUE; /* avoids setting pcmark below */
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_argdo)
|
|
|
1634 {
|
|
|
1635 /* go to argument "i" */
|
|
|
1636 if (i == ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1637 break;
|
|
|
1638 /* Don't call do_argfile() when already there, it will try
|
|
|
1639 * reloading the file. */
|
|
|
1640 if (curwin->w_arg_idx != i)
|
|
|
1641 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1642 if (curwin->w_arg_idx != i)
|
|
|
1643 break;
|
|
|
1644 ++i;
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1647 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 /* go to window "win" */
|
|
|
1650 if (!win_valid(win))
|
|
|
1651 break;
|
|
|
1652 win_goto(win);
|
|
|
1653 win = win->w_next;
|
|
|
1654 }
|
|
|
1655 #endif
|
|
|
1656 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 /* Remember the number of the next listed buffer, in case
|
|
|
1659 * ":bwipe" is used or autocommands do something strange. */
|
|
|
1660 next_fnum = -1;
|
|
|
1661 for (buf = curbuf->b_next; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
1662 if (buf->b_p_bl)
|
|
|
1663 {
|
|
|
1664 next_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
|
|
|
1665 break;
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667 }
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 /* execute the command */
|
|
|
1670 do_cmdline(eap->arg, eap->getline, eap->cookie,
|
|
|
1671 DOCMD_VERBOSE + DOCMD_NOWAIT);
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 /* Done? */
|
|
|
1676 if (next_fnum < 0)
|
|
|
1677 break;
|
|
|
1678 /* Check if the buffer still exists. */
|
|
|
1679 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
1680 if (buf->b_fnum == next_fnum)
|
|
|
1681 break;
|
|
|
1682 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
1683 break;
|
|
|
1684 goto_buffer(eap, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, next_fnum);
|
|
|
1685 /* If autocommands took us elsewhere, quit here */
|
|
|
1686 if (curbuf->b_fnum != next_fnum)
|
|
|
1687 break;
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1691 {
|
|
|
1692 validate_cursor(); /* cursor may have moved */
|
|
|
1693 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
1694 /* required when 'scrollbind' has been set */
|
|
|
1695 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
1696 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
1697 #endif
|
|
|
1698 }
|
|
|
1699 }
|
|
|
1700 listcmd_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1704 if (save_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ei", -1, save_ei, OPT_FREE);
|
|
|
1707 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SYNTAX, curbuf->b_p_syn,
|
|
|
1708 curbuf->b_fname, TRUE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1709 vim_free(save_ei);
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711 #endif
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Add files[count] to the arglist of the current window after arg "after".
|
|
|
1716 * The file names in files[count] must have been allocated and are taken over.
|
|
|
1717 * Files[] itself is not taken over.
|
|
|
1718 * Returns index of first added argument. Returns -1 when failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
1719 */
|
|
|
1720 static int
|
|
|
1721 alist_add_list(count, files, after)
|
|
|
1722 int count;
|
|
|
1723 char_u **files;
|
|
|
1724 int after; /* where to add: 0 = before first one */
|
|
|
1725 {
|
|
|
1726 int i;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 if (ga_grow(&ALIST(curwin)->al_ga, count) == OK)
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
|
1730 if (after < 0)
|
|
|
1731 after = 0;
|
|
|
1732 if (after > ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1733 after = ARGCOUNT;
|
|
|
1734 if (after < ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1735 mch_memmove(&(ARGLIST[after + count]), &(ARGLIST[after]),
|
|
|
1736 (ARGCOUNT - after) * sizeof(aentry_T));
|
|
|
1737 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
1738 {
|
|
|
1739 ARGLIST[after + i].ae_fname = files[i];
|
|
|
1740 ARGLIST[after + i].ae_fnum = buflist_add(files[i], BLN_LISTED);
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len += count;
|
|
|
1743 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room -= count;
|
|
|
1744 if (curwin->w_arg_idx >= after)
|
|
|
1745 ++curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1746 return after;
|
|
|
1747 }
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
1750 vim_free(files[i]);
|
|
|
1751 return -1;
|
|
|
1752 }
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 #endif /* FEAT_LISTCMDS */
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1757 /*
|
|
|
1758 * ":compiler[!] {name}"
|
|
|
1759 */
|
|
|
1760 void
|
|
|
1761 ex_compiler(eap)
|
|
|
1762 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1763 {
|
|
|
1764 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1765 char_u *old_cur_comp = NULL;
|
|
|
1766 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 if (*eap->arg == NUL)
|
|
|
1769 {
|
|
|
1770 /* List all compiler scripts. */
|
|
|
1771 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"echo globpath(&rtp, 'compiler/*.vim')");
|
|
|
1772 /* ) keep the indenter happy... */
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774 else
|
|
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(eap->arg) + 14));
|
|
|
1777 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
1778 {
|
|
|
1779 if (eap->forceit)
|
|
|
1780 {
|
|
|
1781 /* ":compiler! {name}" sets global options */
|
|
|
1782 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)
|
|
|
1783 "command -nargs=* CompilerSet set <args>");
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785 else
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 /* ":compiler! {name}" sets local options.
|
|
|
1788 * To remain backwards compatible "current_compiler" is always
|
|
|
1789 * used. A user's compiler plugin may set it, the distributed
|
|
|
1790 * plugin will then skip the settings. Afterwards set
|
|
|
1791 * "b:current_compiler" and restore "current_compiler". */
|
|
|
1792 old_cur_comp = get_var_value((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1793 if (old_cur_comp != NULL)
|
|
|
1794 old_cur_comp = vim_strsave(old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1795 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)
|
|
|
1796 "command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>");
|
|
|
1797 }
|
|
|
1798 do_unlet((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1799 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_compiler");
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 sprintf((char *)buf, "compiler/%s.vim", eap->arg);
|
|
|
1802 if (cmd_runtime(buf, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1803 EMSG2(_("E666: compiler not supported: %s"), eap->arg);
|
|
|
1804 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":delcommand CompilerSet");
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 /* Set "b:current_compiler" from "current_compiler". */
|
|
|
1809 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1810 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1811 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"b:current_compiler", p);
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 /* Restore "current_compiler" for ":compiler {name}". */
|
|
|
1814 if (!eap->forceit)
|
|
|
1815 {
|
|
|
1816 if (old_cur_comp != NULL)
|
|
|
1817 {
|
|
|
1818 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"current_compiler",
|
|
|
1819 old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1820 vim_free(old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1821 }
|
|
|
1822 else
|
|
|
1823 do_unlet((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1824 }
|
|
|
1825 }
|
|
|
1826 }
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828 #endif
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 /*
|
|
|
1831 * ":runtime {name}"
|
|
|
1832 */
|
|
|
1833 void
|
|
|
1834 ex_runtime(eap)
|
|
|
1835 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1836 {
|
|
|
1837 cmd_runtime(eap->arg, eap->forceit);
|
|
|
1838 }
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 static void source_callback __ARGS((char_u *fname));
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 static void
|
|
|
1843 source_callback(fname)
|
|
|
1844 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 (void)do_source(fname, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /*
|
|
|
1850 * Source the file "name" from all directories in 'runtimepath'.
|
|
|
1851 * "name" can contain wildcards.
|
|
|
1852 * When "all" is TRUE, source all files, otherwise only the first one.
|
|
|
1853 * return FAIL when no file could be sourced, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1854 */
|
|
|
1855 int
|
|
|
1856 cmd_runtime(name, all)
|
|
|
1857 char_u *name;
|
|
|
1858 int all;
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 return do_in_runtimepath(name, all, source_callback);
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 /*
|
|
|
1864 * Find "name" in 'runtimepath'. When found, call the "callback" function for
|
|
|
1865 * it.
|
|
|
1866 * When "all" is TRUE repeat for all matches, otherwise only the first one is
|
|
|
1867 * used.
|
|
|
1868 * Returns OK when at least one match found, FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
1869 */
|
|
|
1870 int
|
|
|
1871 do_in_runtimepath(name, all, callback)
|
|
|
1872 char_u *name;
|
|
|
1873 int all;
|
|
|
1874 void (*callback)__ARGS((char_u *fname));
|
|
|
1875 {
|
|
|
1876 char_u *rtp;
|
|
|
1877 char_u *np;
|
|
|
1878 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1879 char_u *rtp_copy;
|
|
|
1880 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
1881 int num_files;
|
|
|
1882 char_u **files;
|
|
|
1883 int i;
|
|
|
1884 int did_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1885 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
1886 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
1887 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
1890 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
1891 #endif
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 /* Make a copy of 'runtimepath'. Invoking the callback may change the
|
|
|
1894 * value. */
|
|
|
1895 rtp_copy = vim_strsave(p_rtp);
|
|
|
1896 buf = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
1897 if (buf != NULL && rtp_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
1898 {
|
|
|
1899 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
1900 smsg((char_u *)_("Searching for \"%s\" in \"%s\""),
|
|
|
1901 (char *)name, (char *)p_rtp);
|
|
|
1902 /* Loop over all entries in 'runtimepath'. */
|
|
|
1903 rtp = rtp_copy;
|
|
|
1904 while (*rtp != NUL && (all || !did_one))
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 /* Copy the path from 'runtimepath' to buf[]. */
|
|
|
1907 copy_option_part(&rtp, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");
|
|
|
1908 if (STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(name) + 2 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
1909 {
|
|
|
1910 add_pathsep(buf);
|
|
|
1911 tail = buf + STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 /* Loop over all patterns in "name" */
|
|
|
1914 np = name;
|
|
|
1915 while (*np != NUL && (all || !did_one))
|
|
|
1916 {
|
|
|
1917 /* Append the pattern from "name" to buf[]. */
|
|
|
1918 copy_option_part(&np, tail, (int)(MAXPATHL - (tail - buf)),
|
|
|
1919 "\t ");
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 if (p_verbose > 2)
|
|
|
1922 msg_str((char_u *)_("Searching for \"%s\""), buf);
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 /* Expand wildcards, invoke the callback for each match. */
|
|
|
1925 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &num_files, &files,
|
|
|
1926 EW_FILE) == OK)
|
|
|
1927 {
|
|
|
1928 for (i = 0; i < num_files; ++i)
|
|
|
1929 {
|
|
|
1930 (*callback)(files[i]);
|
|
|
1931 did_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1932 if (!all)
|
|
|
1933 break;
|
|
|
1934 }
|
|
|
1935 FreeWild(num_files, files);
|
|
|
1936 }
|
|
|
1937 }
|
|
|
1938 }
|
|
|
1939 }
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
1942 vim_free(rtp_copy);
|
|
|
1943 if (p_verbose > 0 && !did_one)
|
|
|
1944 msg_str((char_u *)_("not found in 'runtimepath': \"%s\""), name);
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
1947 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
1948 #endif
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950 return did_one ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
1951 }
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
1954 /*
|
|
|
1955 * ":options"
|
|
|
1956 */
|
|
|
1957 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1958 void
|
|
|
1959 ex_options(eap)
|
|
|
1960 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1961 {
|
|
|
1962 cmd_source((char_u *)SYS_OPTWIN_FILE, NULL);
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 #endif
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 /*
|
|
|
1967 * ":source {fname}"
|
|
|
1968 */
|
|
|
1969 void
|
|
|
1970 ex_source(eap)
|
|
|
1971 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1972 {
|
|
|
1973 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
1974 if (cmdmod.browse)
|
|
|
1975 {
|
|
|
1976 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1977
|
|
|
1978 fname = do_browse(FALSE, (char_u *)_("Source Vim script"), eap->arg,
|
|
|
1979 NULL, NULL, BROWSE_FILTER_MACROS, NULL);
|
|
|
1980 if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
1981 {
|
|
|
1982 cmd_source(fname, eap);
|
|
|
1983 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
1984 }
|
|
|
1985 }
|
|
|
1986 else
|
|
|
1987 #endif
|
|
|
1988 cmd_source(eap->arg, eap);
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 static void
|
|
|
1992 cmd_source(fname, eap)
|
|
|
1993 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1994 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1995 {
|
|
|
1996 if (*fname == NUL)
|
|
|
1997 EMSG(_(e_argreq));
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /* ":source!" read vi commands */
|
|
|
2000 else if (eap != NULL && eap->forceit)
|
|
|
2001 /* Need to execute the commands directly when:
|
|
|
2002 * - ":g" command busy
|
|
|
2003 * - after ":argdo", ":windo" or ":bufdo"
|
|
|
2004 * - another command follows
|
|
|
2005 * - inside a loop
|
|
|
2006 */
|
|
|
2007 openscript(fname, global_busy || listcmd_busy || eap->nextcmd != NULL
|
|
|
2008 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2009 || eap->cstack->cs_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2010 #endif
|
|
|
2011 );
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /* ":source" read ex commands */
|
|
|
2014 else if (do_source(fname, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2015 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /*
|
|
|
2019 * ":source" and associated commands.
|
|
|
2020 */
|
|
|
2021 /*
|
|
|
2022 * Structure used to store info for each sourced file.
|
|
|
2023 * It is shared between do_source() and getsourceline().
|
|
|
2024 * This is required, because it needs to be handed to do_cmdline() and
|
|
|
2025 * sourcing can be done recursively.
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027 struct source_cookie
|
|
|
2028 {
|
|
|
2029 FILE *fp; /* opened file for sourcing */
|
|
|
2030 char_u *nextline; /* if not NULL: line that was read ahead */
|
|
|
2031 int finished; /* ":finish" used */
|
|
|
2032 #if defined (USE_CRNL) || defined (USE_CR)
|
|
|
2033 int fileformat; /* EOL_UNKNOWN, EOL_UNIX or EOL_DOS */
|
|
|
2034 int error; /* TRUE if LF found after CR-LF */
|
|
|
2035 #endif
|
|
|
2036 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2037 linenr_T breakpoint; /* next line with breakpoint or zero */
|
|
|
2038 char_u *fname; /* name of sourced file */
|
|
|
2039 int dbg_tick; /* debug_tick when breakpoint was set */
|
|
|
2040 int level; /* top nesting level of sourced file */
|
|
|
2041 #endif
|
|
|
2042 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2043 vimconv_T conv; /* type of conversion */
|
|
|
2044 #endif
|
|
|
2045 };
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2048 /*
|
|
|
2049 * Return the address holding the next breakpoint line for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2050 */
|
|
|
2051 linenr_T *
|
|
|
2052 source_breakpoint(cookie)
|
|
|
2053 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2054 {
|
|
|
2055 return &((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->breakpoint;
|
|
|
2056 }
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
2058 /*
|
|
|
2059 * Return the address holding the debug tick for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2060 */
|
|
|
2061 int *
|
|
|
2062 source_dbg_tick(cookie)
|
|
|
2063 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 return &((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->dbg_tick;
|
|
|
2066 }
|
|
|
2067
|
|
|
2068 /*
|
|
|
2069 * Return the nesting level for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2070 */
|
|
|
2071 int
|
|
|
2072 source_level(cookie)
|
|
|
2073 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2074 {
|
|
|
2075 return ((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->level;
|
|
|
2076 }
|
|
|
2077 #endif
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 static char_u *get_one_sourceline __ARGS((struct source_cookie *sp));
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2082 /* Growarray to store the names of sourced scripts.
|
|
|
2083 * For Unix also store the dev/ino, so that we don't have to stat() each
|
|
|
2084 * script when going through the list. */
|
|
|
2085 struct scriptstuff
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
|
2087 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2088 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2089 int dev;
|
|
|
2090 ino_t ino;
|
|
|
2091 # endif
|
|
|
2092 };
|
|
|
2093 static garray_T script_names = {0, 0, sizeof(struct scriptstuff), 4, NULL};
|
|
|
2094 #define SCRIPT_NAME(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].name)
|
|
|
2095 #define SCRIPT_DEV(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].dev)
|
|
|
2096 #define SCRIPT_INO(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].ino)
|
|
|
2097 #endif
|
|
|
2098
|
|
|
2099 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2100 static FILE *fopen_noinh_readbin __ARGS((char *filename));
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 /*
|
|
|
2103 * Special function to open a file without handle inheritance.
|
|
|
2104 */
|
|
|
2105 static FILE *
|
|
|
2106 fopen_noinh_readbin(filename)
|
|
|
2107 char *filename;
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
|
2109 int fd_tmp = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY | O_NOINHERIT);
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 if (fd_tmp == -1)
|
|
|
2112 return NULL;
|
|
|
2113 return fdopen(fd_tmp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115 #endif
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117
|
|
|
2118 /*
|
|
|
2119 * do_source: Read the file "fname" and execute its lines as EX commands.
|
|
|
2120 *
|
|
|
2121 * This function may be called recursively!
|
|
|
2122 *
|
|
|
2123 * return FAIL if file could not be opened, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2124 */
|
|
|
2125 int
|
|
|
2126 do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)
|
|
|
2127 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2128 int check_other; /* check for .vimrc and _vimrc */
|
|
|
2129 int is_vimrc; /* call vimrc_found() when file exists */
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 struct source_cookie cookie;
|
|
|
2132 char_u *save_sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2133 linenr_T save_sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2134 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2135 char_u *fname_exp;
|
|
|
2136 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
2137 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2138 scid_T save_current_SID;
|
|
|
2139 static scid_T last_current_SID = 0;
|
|
|
2140 void *save_funccalp;
|
|
|
2141 int save_debug_break_level = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
2142 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2143 struct stat st;
|
|
|
2144 int stat_ok;
|
|
|
2145 # endif
|
|
|
2146 #endif
|
|
|
2147 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2148 struct timeval tv_rel;
|
|
|
2149 struct timeval tv_start;
|
|
|
2150 #endif
|
|
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
2153 p = mch_munge_fname(fname);
|
|
|
2154 #else
|
|
|
2155 p = expand_env_save(fname);
|
|
|
2156 #endif
|
|
|
2157 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
2158 return retval;
|
|
|
2159 fname_exp = fix_fname(p);
|
|
|
2160 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
2161 if (fname_exp == NULL)
|
|
|
2162 return retval;
|
|
|
2163 #ifdef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
2164 slash_n_colon_adjust(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2165 #endif
|
|
|
2166 if (mch_isdir(fname_exp))
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 msg_str((char_u *)_("Cannot source a directory: \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2169 goto theend;
|
|
|
2170 }
|
|
|
2171
|
|
|
2172 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2173 cookie.fp = fopen_noinh_readbin((char *)fname_exp);
|
|
|
2174 #else
|
|
|
2175 cookie.fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname_exp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2176 #endif
|
|
|
2177 if (cookie.fp == NULL && check_other)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 /*
|
|
|
2180 * Try again, replacing file name ".vimrc" by "_vimrc" or vice versa,
|
|
|
2181 * and ".exrc" by "_exrc" or vice versa.
|
|
|
2182 */
|
|
|
2183 p = gettail(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2184 if ((*p == '.' || *p == '_')
|
|
|
2185 && (STRICMP(p + 1, "vimrc") == 0
|
|
|
2186 || STRICMP(p + 1, "gvimrc") == 0
|
|
|
2187 || STRICMP(p + 1, "exrc") == 0))
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 if (*p == '_')
|
|
|
2190 *p = '.';
|
|
|
2191 else
|
|
|
2192 *p = '_';
|
|
|
2193 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2194 cookie.fp = fopen_noinh_readbin((char *)fname_exp);
|
|
|
2195 #else
|
|
|
2196 cookie.fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname_exp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2197 #endif
|
|
|
2198 }
|
|
|
2199 }
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 if (cookie.fp == NULL)
|
|
|
2202 {
|
|
|
2203 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
2204 {
|
|
|
2205 if (sourcing_name == NULL)
|
|
|
2206 msg_str((char_u *)_("could not source \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2207 else
|
|
|
2208 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: could not source \"%s\""),
|
|
|
2209 sourcing_lnum, fname);
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211 goto theend;
|
|
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 /*
|
|
|
2215 * The file exists.
|
|
|
2216 * - In verbose mode, give a message.
|
|
|
2217 * - For a vimrc file, may want to set 'compatible', call vimrc_found().
|
|
|
2218 */
|
|
|
2219 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 if (sourcing_name == NULL)
|
|
|
2222 msg_str((char_u *)_("sourcing \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2223 else
|
|
|
2224 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: sourcing \"%s\""),
|
|
|
2225 sourcing_lnum, fname);
|
|
|
2226 }
|
|
|
2227 if (is_vimrc)
|
|
|
2228 vimrc_found();
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2231 /* If no automatic file format: Set default to CR-NL. */
|
|
|
2232 if (*p_ffs == NUL)
|
|
|
2233 cookie.fileformat = EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2234 else
|
|
|
2235 cookie.fileformat = EOL_UNKNOWN;
|
|
|
2236 cookie.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
2237 #endif
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2240 /* If no automatic file format: Set default to CR. */
|
|
|
2241 if (*p_ffs == NUL)
|
|
|
2242 cookie.fileformat = EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2243 else
|
|
|
2244 cookie.fileformat = EOL_UNKNOWN;
|
|
|
2245 cookie.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
2246 #endif
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 cookie.nextline = NULL;
|
|
|
2249 cookie.finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2252 /*
|
|
|
2253 * Check if this script has a breakpoint.
|
|
|
2254 */
|
|
|
2255 cookie.breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, fname_exp, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
|
2256 cookie.fname = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2257 cookie.dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 cookie.level = ex_nesting_level;
|
|
|
2260 #endif
|
|
|
2261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2262 cookie.conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; /* no conversion */
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 /* Try reading the first few bytes to check for a UTF-8 BOM. */
|
|
|
2265 {
|
|
|
2266 char_u buf[3];
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 if (fread((char *)buf, sizeof(char_u), (size_t)3, cookie.fp)
|
|
|
2269 == (size_t)3
|
|
|
2270 && buf[0] == 0xef && buf[1] == 0xbb && buf[2] == 0xbf)
|
|
|
2271 /* Found BOM, setup conversion and skip over it. */
|
|
|
2272 convert_setup(&cookie.conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
|
|
|
2273 else
|
|
|
2274 /* No BOM found, rewind. */
|
|
|
2275 fseek(cookie.fp, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
2276 }
|
|
|
2277 #endif
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 /*
|
|
|
2280 * Keep the sourcing name/lnum, for recursive calls.
|
|
|
2281 */
|
|
|
2282 save_sourcing_name = sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2283 sourcing_name = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2284 save_sourcing_lnum = sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2285 sourcing_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2288 time_push(&tv_rel, &tv_start);
|
|
|
2289 #endif
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2292 /*
|
|
|
2293 * Check if this script was sourced before to finds its SID.
|
|
|
2294 * If it's new, generate a new SID.
|
|
|
2295 */
|
|
|
2296 save_current_SID = current_SID;
|
|
|
2297 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2298 stat_ok = (mch_stat((char *)fname_exp, &st) >= 0);
|
|
|
2299 # endif
|
|
|
2300 for (current_SID = script_names.ga_len; current_SID > 0; --current_SID)
|
|
|
2301 if (SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID) != NULL
|
|
|
2302 && (
|
|
|
2303 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2304 /* compare dev/ino when possible, it catches symbolic
|
|
|
2305 * links */
|
|
|
2306 (stat_ok && SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) != -1)
|
|
|
2307 ? (SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) == st.st_dev
|
|
|
2308 && SCRIPT_INO(current_SID) == st.st_ino) :
|
|
|
2309 # endif
|
|
|
2310 fnamecmp(SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID), fname_exp) == 0))
|
|
|
2311 break;
|
|
|
2312 if (current_SID == 0)
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 current_SID = ++last_current_SID;
|
|
|
2315 if (ga_grow(&script_names, (int)(current_SID - script_names.ga_len))
|
|
|
2316 == OK)
|
|
|
2317 {
|
|
|
2318 while (script_names.ga_len < current_SID)
|
|
|
2319 {
|
|
|
2320 SCRIPT_NAME(script_names.ga_len + 1) = NULL;
|
|
|
2321 ++script_names.ga_len;
|
|
|
2322 --script_names.ga_room;
|
|
|
2323 }
|
|
|
2324 SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID) = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2325 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2326 if (stat_ok)
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
2329 SCRIPT_INO(current_SID) = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
2330 }
|
|
|
2331 else
|
|
|
2332 SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) = -1;
|
|
|
2333 # endif
|
|
|
2334 fname_exp = NULL;
|
|
|
2335 }
|
|
|
2336 /* Allocate the local script variables to use for this script. */
|
|
|
2337 new_script_vars(current_SID);
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 /* Don't use local function variables, if called from a function */
|
|
|
2341 save_funccalp = save_funccal();
|
|
|
2342 #endif
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * Call do_cmdline, which will call getsourceline() to get the lines.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 do_cmdline(NULL, getsourceline, (void *)&cookie,
|
|
|
2348 DOCMD_VERBOSE|DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_REPEAT);
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 retval = OK;
|
|
|
2351 fclose(cookie.fp);
|
|
|
2352 vim_free(cookie.nextline);
|
|
|
2353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2354 convert_setup(&cookie.conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
2355 #endif
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2358 EMSG(_(e_interr));
|
|
|
2359 sourcing_name = save_sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2360 sourcing_lnum = save_sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2361 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2362 current_SID = save_current_SID;
|
|
|
2363 restore_funccal(save_funccalp);
|
|
|
2364 #endif
|
|
|
2365 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
2366 {
|
|
|
2367 msg_str((char_u *)_("finished sourcing %s"), fname);
|
|
|
2368 if (sourcing_name != NULL)
|
|
|
2369 msg_str((char_u *)_("continuing in %s"), sourcing_name);
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2372 # ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
|
|
2373 snprintf(IObuff, IOSIZE, "sourcing %s", fname);
|
|
|
2374 # else
|
|
|
2375 sprintf(IObuff, "sourcing %s", fname);
|
|
|
2376 # endif
|
|
|
2377 time_msg(IObuff, &tv_start);
|
|
|
2378 time_pop(&tv_rel);
|
|
|
2379 #endif
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2382 /*
|
|
|
2383 * After a "finish" in debug mode, need to break at first command of next
|
|
|
2384 * sourced file.
|
|
|
2385 */
|
|
|
2386 if (save_debug_break_level > ex_nesting_level
|
|
|
2387 && debug_break_level == ex_nesting_level)
|
|
|
2388 ++debug_break_level;
|
|
|
2389 #endif
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 theend:
|
|
|
2392 vim_free(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2393 return retval;
|
|
|
2394 }
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2397 /*
|
|
|
2398 * ":scriptnames"
|
|
|
2399 */
|
|
|
2400 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2401 void
|
|
|
2402 ex_scriptnames(eap)
|
|
|
2403 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2404 {
|
|
|
2405 int i;
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 for (i = 1; i <= script_names.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
2408 if (SCRIPT_NAME(i) != NULL)
|
|
|
2409 smsg((char_u *)"%3d: %s", i, SCRIPT_NAME(i));
|
|
|
2410 }
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 # if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2413 /*
|
|
|
2414 * Fix slashes in the list of script names for 'shellslash'.
|
|
|
2415 */
|
|
|
2416 void
|
|
|
2417 scriptnames_slash_adjust()
|
|
|
2418 {
|
|
|
2419 int i;
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 for (i = 1; i <= script_names.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2422 if (SCRIPT_NAME(i) != NULL)
|
|
|
2423 slash_adjust(SCRIPT_NAME(i));
|
|
|
2424 }
|
|
|
2425 # endif
|
|
|
2426
|
|
|
2427 /*
|
|
|
2428 * Get a pointer to a script name. Used for ":verbose set".
|
|
|
2429 */
|
|
|
2430 char_u *
|
|
|
2431 get_scriptname(id)
|
|
|
2432 scid_T id;
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 if (id == SID_MODELINE)
|
|
|
2435 return (char_u *)"modeline";
|
|
|
2436 if (id == SID_CMDARG)
|
|
|
2437 return (char_u *)"--cmd argument";
|
|
|
2438 if (id == SID_CARG)
|
|
|
2439 return (char_u *)"-c argument";
|
|
|
2440 if (id == SID_ENV)
|
|
|
2441 return (char_u *)"environment variable";
|
|
|
2442 return SCRIPT_NAME(id);
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444 #endif
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 #if defined(USE_CR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 # if defined(__MSL__) && (__MSL__ >= 22)
|
|
|
2449 /*
|
|
|
2450 * Newer version of the Metrowerks library handle DOS and UNIX files
|
|
|
2451 * without help.
|
|
|
2452 * Test with earlier versions, MSL 2.2 is the library supplied with
|
|
|
2453 * Codewarrior Pro 2.
|
|
|
2454 */
|
|
|
2455 char *
|
|
|
2456 fgets_cr(s, n, stream)
|
|
|
2457 char *s;
|
|
|
2458 int n;
|
|
|
2459 FILE *stream;
|
|
|
2460 {
|
|
|
2461 return fgets(s, n, stream);
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 # else
|
|
|
2464 /*
|
|
|
2465 * Version of fgets() which also works for lines ending in a <CR> only
|
|
|
2466 * (Macintosh format).
|
|
|
2467 * For older versions of the Metrowerks library.
|
|
|
2468 * At least CodeWarrior 9 needed this code.
|
|
|
2469 */
|
|
|
2470 char *
|
|
|
2471 fgets_cr(s, n, stream)
|
|
|
2472 char *s;
|
|
|
2473 int n;
|
|
|
2474 FILE *stream;
|
|
|
2475 {
|
|
|
2476 int c = 0;
|
|
|
2477 int char_read = 0;
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 while (!feof(stream) && c != '\r' && c != '\n' && char_read < n - 1)
|
|
|
2480 {
|
|
|
2481 c = fgetc(stream);
|
|
|
2482 s[char_read++] = c;
|
|
|
2483 /* If the file is in DOS format, we need to skip a NL after a CR. I
|
|
|
2484 * thought it was the other way around, but this appears to work... */
|
|
|
2485 if (c == '\n')
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 c = fgetc(stream);
|
|
|
2488 if (c != '\r')
|
|
|
2489 ungetc(c, stream);
|
|
|
2490 }
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492
|
|
|
2493 s[char_read] = 0;
|
|
|
2494 if (char_read == 0)
|
|
|
2495 return NULL;
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 if (feof(stream) && char_read == 1)
|
|
|
2498 return NULL;
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 return s;
|
|
|
2501 }
|
|
|
2502 # endif
|
|
|
2503 #endif
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 /*
|
|
|
2506 * Get one full line from a sourced file.
|
|
|
2507 * Called by do_cmdline() when it's called from do_source().
|
|
|
2508 *
|
|
|
2509 * Return a pointer to the line in allocated memory.
|
|
|
2510 * Return NULL for end-of-file or some error.
|
|
|
2511 */
|
|
|
2512 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
2513 char_u *
|
|
|
2514 getsourceline(c, cookie, indent)
|
|
|
2515 int c; /* not used */
|
|
|
2516 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2517 int indent; /* not used */
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 struct source_cookie *sp = (struct source_cookie *)cookie;
|
|
|
2520 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2521 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2524 /* If breakpoints have been added/deleted need to check for it. */
|
|
|
2525 if (sp->dbg_tick < debug_tick)
|
|
|
2526 {
|
|
|
2527 sp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2528 sp->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530 #endif
|
|
|
2531 /*
|
|
|
2532 * Get current line. If there is a read-ahead line, use it, otherwise get
|
|
|
2533 * one now.
|
|
|
2534 */
|
|
|
2535 if (sp->finished)
|
|
|
2536 line = NULL;
|
|
|
2537 else if (sp->nextline == NULL)
|
|
|
2538 line = get_one_sourceline(sp);
|
|
|
2539 else
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 line = sp->nextline;
|
|
|
2542 sp->nextline = NULL;
|
|
|
2543 ++sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 /* Only concatenate lines starting with a \ when 'cpoptions' doesn't
|
|
|
2547 * contain the 'C' flag. */
|
|
|
2548 if (line != NULL && (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_CONCAT) == NULL))
|
|
|
2549 {
|
|
|
2550 /* compensate for the one line read-ahead */
|
|
|
2551 --sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2552 for (;;)
|
|
|
2553 {
|
|
|
2554 sp->nextline = get_one_sourceline(sp);
|
|
|
2555 if (sp->nextline == NULL)
|
|
|
2556 break;
|
|
|
2557 p = skipwhite(sp->nextline);
|
|
|
2558 if (*p != '\\')
|
|
|
2559 break;
|
|
|
2560 s = alloc((int)(STRLEN(line) + STRLEN(p)));
|
|
|
2561 if (s == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
2562 break;
|
|
|
2563 STRCPY(s, line);
|
|
|
2564 STRCAT(s, p + 1);
|
|
|
2565 vim_free(line);
|
|
|
2566 line = s;
|
|
|
2567 vim_free(sp->nextline);
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2572 if (line != NULL && sp->conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 /* Convert the encoding of the script line. */
|
|
|
2575 s = string_convert(&sp->conv, line, NULL);
|
|
|
2576 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
2577 {
|
|
|
2578 vim_free(line);
|
|
|
2579 line = s;
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582 #endif
|
|
|
2583
|
|
|
2584 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2585 /* Did we encounter a breakpoint? */
|
|
|
2586 if (sp->breakpoint != 0 && sp->breakpoint <= sourcing_lnum)
|
|
|
2587 {
|
|
|
2588 dbg_breakpoint(sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2589 /* Find next breakpoint. */
|
|
|
2590 sp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2591 sp->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593 #endif
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 return line;
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 static char_u *
|
|
|
2599 get_one_sourceline(sp)
|
|
|
2600 struct source_cookie *sp;
|
|
|
2601 {
|
|
|
2602 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2603 int len;
|
|
|
2604 int c;
|
|
|
2605 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2606 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2607 int has_cr; /* CR-LF found */
|
|
|
2608 #endif
|
|
|
2609 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2610 char_u *scan;
|
|
|
2611 #endif
|
|
|
2612 int have_read = FALSE;
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 /* use a growarray to store the sourced line */
|
|
|
2615 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200);
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 /*
|
|
|
2618 * Loop until there is a finished line (or end-of-file).
|
|
|
2619 */
|
|
|
2620 sourcing_lnum++;
|
|
|
2621 for (;;)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 /* make room to read at least 80 (more) characters */
|
|
|
2624 if (ga_grow(&ga, 80) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2625 break;
|
|
|
2626 buf = (char_u *)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2629 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_MAC)
|
|
|
2630 {
|
|
|
2631 if (fgets_cr((char *)buf + ga.ga_len, ga.ga_room, sp->fp) == NULL)
|
|
|
2632 break;
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634 else
|
|
|
2635 #endif
|
|
|
2636 if (fgets((char *)buf + ga.ga_len, ga.ga_room, sp->fp) == NULL)
|
|
|
2637 break;
|
|
|
2638 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
2639 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2640 /* Ignore a trailing CTRL-Z, when in Dos mode. Only recognize the
|
|
|
2641 * CTRL-Z by its own, or after a NL. */
|
|
|
2642 if ( (len == 1 || (len >= 2 && buf[len - 2] == '\n'))
|
|
|
2643 && sp->fileformat == EOL_DOS
|
|
|
2644 && buf[len - 1] == Ctrl_Z)
|
|
|
2645 {
|
|
|
2646 buf[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2647 break;
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649 #endif
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2652 /* If the read doesn't stop on a new line, and there's
|
|
|
2653 * some CR then we assume a Mac format */
|
|
|
2654 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
2655 {
|
|
|
2656 if (buf[len - 1] != '\n' && vim_strchr(buf, '\r') != NULL)
|
|
|
2657 sp->fileformat = EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2658 else
|
|
|
2659 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2660 }
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_MAC)
|
|
|
2663 {
|
|
|
2664 scan = vim_strchr(buf, '\r');
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 if (scan != NULL)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 *scan = '\n';
|
|
|
2669 if (*(scan + 1) != 0)
|
|
|
2670 {
|
|
|
2671 *(scan + 1) = 0;
|
|
|
2672 fseek(sp->fp, (long)(scan - buf - len + 1), SEEK_CUR);
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675 len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
2676 }
|
|
|
2677 #endif
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 have_read = TRUE;
|
|
|
2680 ga.ga_room -= len - ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2681 ga.ga_len = len;
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 /* If the line was longer than the buffer, read more. */
|
|
|
2684 if (ga.ga_room == 1 && buf[len - 1] != '\n')
|
|
|
2685 continue;
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 if (len >= 1 && buf[len - 1] == '\n') /* remove trailing NL */
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2690 has_cr = (len >= 2 && buf[len - 2] == '\r');
|
|
|
2691 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 if (has_cr)
|
|
|
2694 sp->fileformat = EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2695 else
|
|
|
2696 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2697 }
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_DOS)
|
|
|
2700 {
|
|
|
2701 if (has_cr) /* replace trailing CR */
|
|
|
2702 {
|
|
|
2703 buf[len - 2] = '\n';
|
|
|
2704 --len;
|
|
|
2705 --ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2706 ++ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
2707 }
|
|
|
2708 else /* lines like ":map xx yy^M" will have failed */
|
|
|
2709 {
|
|
|
2710 if (!sp->error)
|
|
|
2711 EMSG(_("W15: Warning: Wrong line separator, ^M may be missing"));
|
|
|
2712 sp->error = TRUE;
|
|
|
2713 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716 #endif
|
|
|
2717 /* The '\n' is escaped if there is an odd number of ^V's just
|
|
|
2718 * before it, first set "c" just before the 'V's and then check
|
|
|
2719 * len&c parities (is faster than ((len-c)%2 == 0)) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2720 for (c = len - 2; c >= 0 && buf[c] == Ctrl_V; c--)
|
|
|
2721 ;
|
|
|
2722 if ((len & 1) != (c & 1)) /* escaped NL, read more */
|
|
|
2723 {
|
|
|
2724 sourcing_lnum++;
|
|
|
2725 continue;
|
|
|
2726 }
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 buf[len - 1] = NUL; /* remove the NL */
|
|
|
2729 }
|
|
|
2730
|
|
|
2731 /*
|
|
|
2732 * Check for ^C here now and then, so recursive :so can be broken.
|
|
|
2733 */
|
|
|
2734 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2735 break;
|
|
|
2736 }
|
|
|
2737
|
|
|
2738 if (have_read)
|
|
|
2739 return (char_u *)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 vim_free(ga.ga_data);
|
|
|
2742 return NULL;
|
|
|
2743 }
|
|
|
2744
|
|
|
2745 /*
|
|
|
2746 * ":scriptencoding": Set encoding conversion for a sourced script.
|
|
|
2747 * Without the multi-byte feature it's simply ignored.
|
|
|
2748 */
|
|
|
2749 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2750 void
|
|
|
2751 ex_scriptencoding(eap)
|
|
|
2752 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2755 struct source_cookie *sp;
|
|
|
2756 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 if (!getline_equal(eap->getline, eap->cookie, getsourceline))
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 EMSG(_("E167: :scriptencoding used outside of a sourced file"));
|
|
|
2761 return;
|
|
|
2762 }
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 if (*eap->arg != NUL)
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 name = enc_canonize(eap->arg);
|
|
|
2767 if (name == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
2768 return;
|
|
|
2769 }
|
|
|
2770 else
|
|
|
2771 name = eap->arg;
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 /* Setup for conversion from the specified encoding to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
2774 sp = (struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline, eap->cookie);
|
|
|
2775 convert_setup(&sp->conv, name, p_enc);
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 if (name != eap->arg)
|
|
|
2778 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
2779 #endif
|
|
|
2780 }
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2783 /*
|
|
|
2784 * ":finish": Mark a sourced file as finished.
|
|
|
2785 */
|
|
|
2786 void
|
|
|
2787 ex_finish(eap)
|
|
|
2788 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2789 {
|
|
|
2790 if (getline_equal(eap->getline, eap->cookie, getsourceline))
|
|
|
2791 do_finish(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
2792 else
|
|
|
2793 EMSG(_("E168: :finish used outside of a sourced file"));
|
|
|
2794 }
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 /*
|
|
|
2797 * Mark a sourced file as finished. Possibly makes the ":finish" pending.
|
|
|
2798 * Also called for a pending finish at the ":endtry" or after returning from
|
|
|
2799 * an extra do_cmdline(). "reanimate" is used in the latter case.
|
|
|
2800 */
|
|
|
2801 void
|
|
|
2802 do_finish(eap, reanimate)
|
|
|
2803 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2804 int reanimate;
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 int idx;
|
|
|
2807
|
|
|
2808 if (reanimate)
|
|
|
2809 ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline,
|
|
|
2810 eap->cookie))->finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 /*
|
|
|
2813 * Cleanup (and inactivate) conditionals, but stop when a try conditional
|
|
|
2814 * not in its finally clause (which then is to be executed next) is found.
|
|
|
2815 * In this case, make the ":finish" pending for execution at the ":endtry".
|
|
|
2816 * Otherwise, finish normally.
|
|
|
2817 */
|
|
|
2818 idx = cleanup_conditionals(eap->cstack, 0, TRUE);
|
|
|
2819 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
2820 {
|
|
|
2821 eap->cstack->cs_pending[idx] = CSTP_FINISH;
|
|
|
2822 report_make_pending(CSTP_FINISH, NULL);
|
|
|
2823 }
|
|
|
2824 else
|
|
|
2825 ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline,
|
|
|
2826 eap->cookie))->finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
2827 }
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 /*
|
|
|
2831 * Return TRUE when a sourced file had the ":finish" command: Don't give error
|
|
|
2832 * message for missing ":endif".
|
|
|
2833 * Return FALSE when not sourcing a file.
|
|
|
2834 */
|
|
|
2835 int
|
|
|
2836 source_finished(getline, cookie)
|
|
|
2837 char_u *(*getline) __ARGS((int, void *, int));
|
|
|
2838 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2839 {
|
|
|
2840 return (getline_equal(getline, cookie, getsourceline)
|
|
|
2841 && ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(
|
|
|
2842 getline, cookie))->finished);
|
|
|
2843 }
|
|
|
2844 #endif
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 #if defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2847 /*
|
|
|
2848 * ":checktime [buffer]"
|
|
|
2849 */
|
|
|
2850 void
|
|
|
2851 ex_checktime(eap)
|
|
|
2852 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2855 int save_no_check_timestamps = no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 no_check_timestamps = 0;
|
|
|
2858 if (eap->addr_count == 0) /* default is all buffers */
|
|
|
2859 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
2860 else
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 buf = buflist_findnr((int)eap->line2);
|
|
|
2863 if (buf != NULL) /* cannot happen? */
|
|
|
2864 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 no_check_timestamps = save_no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
2867 }
|
|
|
2868 #endif
|
|
|
2869
|
|
|
2870 #if defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2871 /*
|
|
|
2872 * Printing code (Machine-independent.)
|
|
|
2873 * To implement printing on a platform, the following functions must be
|
|
|
2874 * defined:
|
|
|
2875 *
|
|
|
2876 * int mch_print_init(prt_settings_T *psettings, char_u *jobname, int forceit)
|
|
|
2877 * Called once. Code should display printer dialogue (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
2878 * determine printer font and margin settings. Reset has_color if the printer
|
|
|
2879 * doesn't support colors at all.
|
|
|
2880 * Returns FAIL to abort.
|
|
|
2881 *
|
|
|
2882 * int mch_print_begin(prt_settings_T *settings)
|
|
|
2883 * Called to start the print job.
|
|
|
2884 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2885 *
|
|
|
2886 * int mch_print_begin_page(char_u *msg)
|
|
|
2887 * Called at the start of each page.
|
|
|
2888 * "msg" indicates the progress of the print job, can be NULL.
|
|
|
2889 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2890 *
|
|
|
2891 * int mch_print_end_page()
|
|
|
2892 * Called at the end of each page.
|
|
|
2893 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2894 *
|
|
|
2895 * int mch_print_blank_page()
|
|
|
2896 * Called to generate a blank page for collated, duplex, multiple copy
|
|
|
2897 * document. Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2898 *
|
|
|
2899 * void mch_print_end(prt_settings_T *psettings)
|
|
|
2900 * Called at normal end of print job.
|
|
|
2901 *
|
|
|
2902 * void mch_print_cleanup()
|
|
|
2903 * Called if print job ends normally or is abandoned. Free any memory, close
|
|
|
2904 * devices and handles. Also called when mch_print_begin() fails, but not
|
|
|
2905 * when mch_print_init() fails.
|
|
|
2906 *
|
|
|
2907 * void mch_print_set_font(int Bold, int Italic, int Underline);
|
|
|
2908 * Called whenever the font style changes.
|
|
|
2909 *
|
|
|
2910 * void mch_print_set_bg(long bgcol);
|
|
|
2911 * Called to set the background color for the following text. Parameter is an
|
|
|
2912 * RGB value.
|
|
|
2913 *
|
|
|
2914 * void mch_print_set_fg(long fgcol);
|
|
|
2915 * Called to set the foreground color for the following text. Parameter is an
|
|
|
2916 * RGB value.
|
|
|
2917 *
|
|
|
2918 * mch_print_start_line(int margin, int page_line)
|
|
|
2919 * Sets the current position at the start of line "page_line".
|
|
|
2920 * If margin is TRUE start in the left margin (for header and line number).
|
|
|
2921 *
|
|
|
2922 * int mch_print_text_out(char_u *p, int len);
|
|
|
2923 * Output one character of text p[len] at the current position.
|
|
|
2924 * Return TRUE if there is no room for another character in the same line.
|
|
|
2925 *
|
|
|
2926 * Note that the generic code has no idea of margins. The machine code should
|
|
|
2927 * simply make the page look smaller! The header and the line numbers are
|
|
|
2928 * printed in the margin.
|
|
|
2929 */
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2932 static const long_u cterm_color_8[8] =
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934 (long_u)0x000000L, (long_u)0xff0000L, (long_u)0x00ff00L, (long_u)0xffff00L,
|
|
|
2935 (long_u)0x0000ffL, (long_u)0xff00ffL, (long_u)0x00ffffL, (long_u)0xffffffL
|
|
|
2936 };
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 static const long_u cterm_color_16[16] =
|
|
|
2939 {
|
|
|
2940 (long_u)0x000000L, (long_u)0x0000c0L, (long_u)0x008000L, (long_u)0x004080L,
|
|
|
2941 (long_u)0xc00000L, (long_u)0xc000c0L, (long_u)0x808000L, (long_u)0xc0c0c0L,
|
|
|
2942 (long_u)0x808080L, (long_u)0x6060ffL, (long_u)0x00ff00L, (long_u)0x00ffffL,
|
|
|
2943 (long_u)0xff8080L, (long_u)0xff40ffL, (long_u)0xffff00L, (long_u)0xffffffL
|
|
|
2944 };
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 static int current_syn_id;
|
|
|
2947 #endif
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 #define PRCOLOR_BLACK (long_u)0
|
|
|
2950 #define PRCOLOR_WHITE (long_u)0xFFFFFFL
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 static int curr_italic;
|
|
|
2953 static int curr_bold;
|
|
|
2954 static int curr_underline;
|
|
|
2955 static long_u curr_bg;
|
|
|
2956 static long_u curr_fg;
|
|
|
2957 static int page_count;
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 /*
|
|
|
2960 * These values determine the print position on a page.
|
|
|
2961 */
|
|
|
2962 typedef struct
|
|
|
2963 {
|
|
|
2964 int lead_spaces; /* remaining spaces for a TAB */
|
|
|
2965 int print_pos; /* virtual column for computing TABs */
|
|
|
2966 colnr_T column; /* byte column */
|
|
|
2967 linenr_T file_line; /* line nr in the buffer */
|
|
|
2968 long_u bytes_printed; /* bytes printed so far */
|
|
|
2969 int ff; /* seen form feed character */
|
|
|
2970 } prt_pos_T;
|
|
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2973 static long_u darken_rgb __ARGS((long_u rgb));
|
|
|
2974 static long_u prt_get_term_color __ARGS((int colorindex));
|
|
|
2975 #endif
|
|
|
2976 static void prt_set_fg __ARGS((long_u fg));
|
|
|
2977 static void prt_set_bg __ARGS((long_u bg));
|
|
|
2978 static void prt_set_font __ARGS((int bold, int italic, int underline));
|
|
|
2979 static void prt_line_number __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int page_line, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2980 static void prt_header __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int pagenum, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2981 static void prt_message __ARGS((char_u *s));
|
|
|
2982 static colnr_T hardcopy_line __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int page_line, prt_pos_T *ppos));
|
|
|
2983 static void prt_get_attr __ARGS((int hl_id, prt_text_attr_T* pattr, int modec));
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2986 /*
|
|
|
2987 * If using a dark background, the colors will probably be too bright to show
|
|
|
2988 * up well on white paper, so reduce their brightness.
|
|
|
2989 */
|
|
|
2990 static long_u
|
|
|
2991 darken_rgb(rgb)
|
|
|
2992 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 return ((rgb >> 17) << 16)
|
|
|
2995 + (((rgb & 0xff00) >> 9) << 8)
|
|
|
2996 + ((rgb & 0xff) >> 1);
|
|
|
2997 }
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 static long_u
|
|
|
3000 prt_get_term_color(colorindex)
|
|
|
3001 int colorindex;
|
|
|
3002 {
|
|
|
3003 /* TODO: Should check for xterm with 88 or 256 colors. */
|
|
|
3004 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
3005 return cterm_color_16[colorindex % 16];
|
|
|
3006 return cterm_color_8[colorindex % 8];
|
|
|
3007 }
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 static void
|
|
|
3010 prt_get_attr(hl_id, pattr, modec)
|
|
|
3011 int hl_id;
|
|
|
3012 prt_text_attr_T* pattr;
|
|
|
3013 int modec;
|
|
|
3014 {
|
|
|
3015 int colorindex;
|
|
|
3016 long_u fg_color;
|
|
|
3017 long_u bg_color;
|
|
|
3018 char *color;
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 pattr->bold = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_BOLD, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3021 pattr->italic = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_ITALIC, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3022 pattr->underline = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_UNDERLINE, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3025 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 bg_color = highlight_gui_color_rgb(hl_id, FALSE);
|
|
|
3028 if (bg_color == PRCOLOR_BLACK)
|
|
|
3029 bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3030
|
|
|
3031 fg_color = highlight_gui_color_rgb(hl_id, TRUE);
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033 else
|
|
|
3034 # endif
|
|
|
3035 {
|
|
|
3036 bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 color = (char *)highlight_color(hl_id, (char_u *)"fg", modec);
|
|
|
3039 if (color == NULL)
|
|
|
3040 colorindex = 0;
|
|
|
3041 else
|
|
|
3042 colorindex = atoi(color);
|
|
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 if (colorindex >= 0 && colorindex < t_colors)
|
|
|
3045 fg_color = prt_get_term_color(colorindex);
|
|
|
3046 else
|
|
|
3047 fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3048 }
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 if (fg_color == PRCOLOR_WHITE)
|
|
|
3051 fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3052 else if (*p_bg == 'd')
|
|
|
3053 fg_color = darken_rgb(fg_color);
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 pattr->fg_color = fg_color;
|
|
|
3056 pattr->bg_color = bg_color;
|
|
|
3057 }
|
|
|
3058 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 static void
|
|
|
3061 prt_set_fg(fg)
|
|
|
3062 long_u fg;
|
|
|
3063 {
|
|
|
3064 if (fg != curr_fg)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 curr_fg = fg;
|
|
|
3067 mch_print_set_fg(fg);
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 static void
|
|
|
3072 prt_set_bg(bg)
|
|
|
3073 long_u bg;
|
|
|
3074 {
|
|
|
3075 if (bg != curr_bg)
|
|
|
3076 {
|
|
|
3077 curr_bg = bg;
|
|
|
3078 mch_print_set_bg(bg);
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 static void
|
|
|
3083 prt_set_font(bold, italic, underline)
|
|
|
3084 int bold;
|
|
|
3085 int italic;
|
|
|
3086 int underline;
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 if (curr_bold != bold
|
|
|
3089 || curr_italic != italic
|
|
|
3090 || curr_underline != underline)
|
|
|
3091 {
|
|
|
3092 curr_underline = underline;
|
|
|
3093 curr_italic = italic;
|
|
|
3094 curr_bold = bold;
|
|
|
3095 mch_print_set_font(bold, italic, underline);
|
|
|
3096 }
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 /*
|
|
|
3100 * Print the line number in the left margin.
|
|
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 static void
|
|
|
3103 prt_line_number(psettings, page_line, lnum)
|
|
|
3104 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3105 int page_line;
|
|
|
3106 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3107 {
|
|
|
3108 int i;
|
|
|
3109 char_u tbuf[20];
|
|
|
3110
|
|
|
3111 prt_set_fg(psettings->number.fg_color);
|
|
|
3112 prt_set_bg(psettings->number.bg_color);
|
|
|
3113 prt_set_font(psettings->number.bold, psettings->number.italic, psettings->number.underline);
|
|
|
3114 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 /* Leave two spaces between the number and the text; depends on
|
|
|
3117 * PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH. */
|
|
|
3118 sprintf((char *)tbuf, "%6ld", (long)lnum);
|
|
|
3119 for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
|
|
|
3120 (void)mch_print_text_out(&tbuf[i], 1);
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3123 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3124 /* Set colors for next character. */
|
|
|
3125 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3126 else
|
|
|
3127 #endif
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 /* Set colors and font back to normal. */
|
|
|
3130 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3131 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3132 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3133 }
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
3136 static linenr_T printer_page_num;
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 int
|
|
|
3139 get_printer_page_num()
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 return printer_page_num;
|
|
|
3142 }
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 /*
|
|
|
3145 * Get the currently effective header height.
|
|
|
3146 */
|
|
|
3147 int
|
|
|
3148 prt_header_height()
|
|
|
3149 {
|
|
|
3150 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_HEADERHEIGHT].present)
|
|
|
3151 return printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_HEADERHEIGHT].number;
|
|
|
3152 return 2;
|
|
|
3153 }
|
|
|
3154
|
|
|
3155 /*
|
|
|
3156 * Return TRUE if using a line number for printing.
|
|
|
3157 */
|
|
|
3158 int
|
|
|
3159 prt_use_number()
|
|
|
3160 {
|
|
|
3161 return (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_NUMBER].present
|
|
|
3162 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_NUMBER].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3163 }
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 /*
|
|
|
3166 * Return the unit used in a margin item in 'printoptions'.
|
|
|
3167 * Returns PRT_UNIT_NONE if not recognized.
|
|
|
3168 */
|
|
|
3169 int
|
|
|
3170 prt_get_unit(idx)
|
|
|
3171 int idx;
|
|
|
3172 {
|
|
|
3173 int u = PRT_UNIT_NONE;
|
|
|
3174 int i;
|
|
|
3175 static char *(units[4]) = PRT_UNIT_NAMES;
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 if (printer_opts[idx].present)
|
|
|
3178 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
|
|
|
3179 if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[idx].string, units[i], 2) == 0)
|
|
|
3180 {
|
|
|
3181 u = i;
|
|
|
3182 break;
|
|
|
3183 }
|
|
|
3184 return u;
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 /*
|
|
|
3188 * Print the page header.
|
|
|
3189 */
|
|
|
3190 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3191 static void
|
|
|
3192 prt_header(psettings, pagenum, lnum)
|
|
|
3193 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3194 int pagenum;
|
|
|
3195 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3196 {
|
|
|
3197 int width = psettings->chars_per_line;
|
|
|
3198 int page_line;
|
|
|
3199 char_u *tbuf;
|
|
|
3200 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3202 int l;
|
|
|
3203 #endif
|
|
|
3204
|
|
|
3205 /* Also use the space for the line number. */
|
|
|
3206 if (prt_use_number())
|
|
|
3207 width += PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH;
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 tbuf = alloc(width + IOSIZE);
|
|
|
3210 if (tbuf == NULL)
|
|
|
3211 return;
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
3214 if (*p_header != NUL)
|
|
|
3215 {
|
|
|
3216 linenr_T tmp_lnum, tmp_topline, tmp_botline;
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 /*
|
|
|
3219 * Need to (temporarily) set current line number and first/last line
|
|
|
3220 * number on the 'window'. Since we don't know how long the page is,
|
|
|
3221 * set the first and current line number to the top line, and guess
|
|
|
3222 * that the page length is 64.
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 tmp_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3225 tmp_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
3226 tmp_botline = curwin->w_botline;
|
|
|
3227 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
3228 curwin->w_topline = lnum;
|
|
|
3229 curwin->w_botline = lnum + 63;
|
|
|
3230 printer_page_num = pagenum;
|
|
|
3231
|
|
|
3232 build_stl_str_hl(curwin, tbuf, (size_t)(width + IOSIZE),
|
|
|
3233 p_header, ' ', width, NULL);
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 /* Reset line numbers */
|
|
|
3236 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = tmp_lnum;
|
|
|
3237 curwin->w_topline = tmp_topline;
|
|
|
3238 curwin->w_botline = tmp_botline;
|
|
|
3239 }
|
|
|
3240 else
|
|
|
3241 #endif
|
|
|
3242 sprintf((char *)tbuf, _("Page %d"), pagenum);
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3245 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3246 prt_set_font(TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 /* Use a negative line number to indicate printing in the top margin. */
|
|
|
3249 page_line = 0 - prt_header_height();
|
|
|
3250 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3251 for (p = tbuf; *p != NUL; )
|
|
|
3252 {
|
|
|
3253 if (mch_print_text_out(p,
|
|
|
3254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3255 (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p))
|
|
|
3256 #else
|
|
|
3257 1
|
|
|
3258 #endif
|
|
|
3259 ))
|
|
|
3260 {
|
|
|
3261 ++page_line;
|
|
|
3262 if (page_line >= 0) /* out of room in header */
|
|
|
3263 break;
|
|
|
3264 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3267 p += l;
|
|
|
3268 #else
|
|
|
3269 p++;
|
|
|
3270 #endif
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 vim_free(tbuf);
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3276 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3277 /* Set colors for next character. */
|
|
|
3278 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3279 else
|
|
|
3280 #endif
|
|
|
3281 {
|
|
|
3282 /* Set colors and font back to normal. */
|
|
|
3283 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3284 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3285 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 /*
|
|
|
3290 * Display a print status message.
|
|
|
3291 */
|
|
|
3292 static void
|
|
|
3293 prt_message(s)
|
|
|
3294 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3295 {
|
|
|
3296 screen_fill((int)Rows - 1, (int)Rows, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
|
|
|
3297 screen_puts(s, (int)Rows - 1, 0, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3298 out_flush();
|
|
|
3299 }
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 void
|
|
|
3302 ex_hardcopy(eap)
|
|
|
3303 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3306 int collated_copies, uncollated_copies;
|
|
|
3307 prt_settings_T settings;
|
|
|
3308 long_u bytes_to_print = 0;
|
|
|
3309 int page_line;
|
|
|
3310 int jobsplit;
|
|
|
3311 int id;
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 memset(&settings, 0, sizeof(prt_settings_T));
|
|
|
3314 settings.has_color = TRUE;
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 # ifdef FEAT_POSTSCRIPT
|
|
|
3317 if (*eap->arg == '>')
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 /* Expand things like "%.ps". */
|
|
|
3322 if (expand_filename(eap, eap->cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
3325 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
3326 return;
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328 settings.outfile = skipwhite(eap->arg + 1);
|
|
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 else if (*eap->arg != NUL)
|
|
|
3331 settings.arguments = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3332 # endif
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 /*
|
|
|
3335 * Initialise for printing. Ask the user for settings, unless forceit is
|
|
|
3336 * set.
|
|
|
3337 * The mch_print_init() code should set up margins if applicable. (It may
|
|
|
3338 * not be a real printer - for example the engine might generate HTML or
|
|
|
3339 * PS.)
|
|
|
3340 */
|
|
|
3341 if (mch_print_init(&settings,
|
|
|
3342 curbuf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3343 ? (char_u *)buf_spname(curbuf)
|
|
|
3344 : curbuf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3345 ? curbuf->b_fname
|
|
|
3346 : curbuf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3347 eap->forceit) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3348 return;
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3351 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3352 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3353 settings.modec = 'g';
|
|
|
3354 else
|
|
|
3355 # endif
|
|
|
3356 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
3357 settings.modec = 'c';
|
|
|
3358 else
|
|
|
3359 settings.modec = 't';
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3362 settings.do_syntax = FALSE;
|
|
|
3363 else if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].present
|
|
|
3364 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].string[0]) != 'a')
|
|
|
3365 settings.do_syntax =
|
|
|
3366 (TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3367 else
|
|
|
3368 settings.do_syntax = settings.has_color;
|
|
|
3369 #endif
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371 /* Set up printing attributes for line numbers */
|
|
|
3372 settings.number.fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3373 settings.number.bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3374 settings.number.bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
3375 settings.number.italic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3376 settings.number.underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
3377 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3378 /*
|
|
|
3379 * Syntax highlighting of line numbers.
|
|
|
3380 */
|
|
|
3381 if (prt_use_number() && settings.do_syntax)
|
|
|
3382 {
|
|
|
3383 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"LineNr");
|
|
|
3384 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
3385 id = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 prt_get_attr(id, &settings.number, settings.modec);
|
|
|
3388 }
|
|
|
3389 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 /*
|
|
|
3392 * Estimate the total lines to be printed
|
|
|
3393 */
|
|
|
3394 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; lnum++)
|
|
|
3395 bytes_to_print += (long_u)STRLEN(skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)));
|
|
|
3396 if (bytes_to_print == 0)
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
|
3398 MSG(_("No text to be printed"));
|
|
|
3399 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3400 }
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 /* Set colors and font to normal. */
|
|
|
3403 curr_bg = (long_u)0xffffffffL;
|
|
|
3404 curr_fg = (long_u)0xffffffffL;
|
|
|
3405 curr_italic = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3406 curr_bold = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3407 curr_underline = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3410 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3411 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3412 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3413 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3414 #endif
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 jobsplit = (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_JOBSPLIT].present
|
|
|
3417 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_JOBSPLIT].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 if (!mch_print_begin(&settings))
|
|
|
3420 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 /*
|
|
|
3423 * Loop over collated copies: 1 2 3, 1 2 3, ...
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 page_count = 0;
|
|
|
3426 for (collated_copies = 0;
|
|
|
3427 collated_copies < settings.n_collated_copies;
|
|
|
3428 collated_copies++)
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 prt_pos_T prtpos; /* current print position */
|
|
|
3431 prt_pos_T page_prtpos; /* print position at page start */
|
|
|
3432 int side;
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 memset(&page_prtpos, 0, sizeof(prt_pos_T));
|
|
|
3435 page_prtpos.file_line = eap->line1;
|
|
|
3436 prtpos = page_prtpos;
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 if (jobsplit && collated_copies > 0)
|
|
|
3439 {
|
|
|
3440 /* Splitting jobs: Stop a previous job and start a new one. */
|
|
|
3441 mch_print_end(&settings);
|
|
|
3442 if (!mch_print_begin(&settings))
|
|
|
3443 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 /*
|
|
|
3447 * Loop over all pages in the print job: 1 2 3 ...
|
|
|
3448 */
|
|
|
3449 for (page_count = 0; prtpos.file_line <= eap->line2; ++page_count)
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
|
3451 /*
|
|
|
3452 * Loop over uncollated copies: 1 1 1, 2 2 2, 3 3 3, ...
|
|
|
3453 * For duplex: 12 12 12 34 34 34, ...
|
|
|
3454 */
|
|
|
3455 for (uncollated_copies = 0;
|
|
|
3456 uncollated_copies < settings.n_uncollated_copies;
|
|
|
3457 uncollated_copies++)
|
|
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 /* Set the print position to the start of this page. */
|
|
|
3460 prtpos = page_prtpos;
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 /*
|
|
|
3463 * Do front and rear side of a page.
|
|
|
3464 */
|
|
|
3465 for (side = 0; side <= settings.duplex; ++side)
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 /*
|
|
|
3468 * Print one page.
|
|
|
3469 */
|
|
|
3470
|
|
|
3471 /* Check for interrupt character every page. */
|
|
|
3472 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3473 if (got_int || settings.user_abort)
|
|
|
3474 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printing page %d (%d%%)"),
|
|
|
3477 page_count + 1 + side,
|
|
|
3478 prtpos.bytes_printed > 1000000
|
|
|
3479 ? (int)(prtpos.bytes_printed /
|
|
|
3480 (bytes_to_print / 100))
|
|
|
3481 : (int)((prtpos.bytes_printed * 100)
|
|
|
3482 / bytes_to_print));
|
|
|
3483 if (!mch_print_begin_page(IObuff))
|
|
|
3484 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 if (settings.n_collated_copies > 1)
|
|
|
3487 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff),
|
|
|
3488 _(" Copy %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3489 collated_copies + 1,
|
|
|
3490 settings.n_collated_copies);
|
|
|
3491 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 /*
|
|
|
3494 * Output header if required
|
|
|
3495 */
|
|
|
3496 if (prt_header_height() > 0)
|
|
|
3497 prt_header(&settings, page_count + 1 + side,
|
|
|
3498 prtpos.file_line);
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 for (page_line = 0; page_line < settings.lines_per_page;
|
|
|
3501 ++page_line)
|
|
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 prtpos.column = hardcopy_line(&settings,
|
|
|
3504 page_line, &prtpos);
|
|
|
3505 if (prtpos.column == 0)
|
|
|
3506 {
|
|
|
3507 /* finished a file line */
|
|
|
3508 prtpos.bytes_printed +=
|
|
|
3509 STRLEN(skipwhite(ml_get(prtpos.file_line)));
|
|
|
3510 if (++prtpos.file_line > eap->line2)
|
|
|
3511 break; /* reached the end */
|
|
|
3512 }
|
|
|
3513 else if (prtpos.ff)
|
|
|
3514 {
|
|
|
3515 /* Line had a formfeed in it - start new page but
|
|
|
3516 * stay on the current line */
|
|
|
3517 break;
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520
|
|
|
3521 if (!mch_print_end_page())
|
|
|
3522 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3523 if (prtpos.file_line > eap->line2)
|
|
|
3524 break; /* reached the end */
|
|
|
3525 }
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 /*
|
|
|
3528 * Extra blank page for duplexing with odd number of pages and
|
|
|
3529 * more copies to come.
|
|
|
3530 */
|
|
|
3531 if (prtpos.file_line > eap->line2 && settings.duplex
|
|
|
3532 && side == 0
|
|
|
3533 && uncollated_copies + 1 < settings.n_uncollated_copies)
|
|
|
3534 {
|
|
|
3535 if (!mch_print_blank_page())
|
|
|
3536 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 if (settings.duplex && prtpos.file_line <= eap->line2)
|
|
|
3540 ++page_count;
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 /* Remember the position where the next page starts. */
|
|
|
3543 page_prtpos = prtpos;
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printed: %s"), settings.jobname);
|
|
|
3547 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 print_fail:
|
|
|
3551 if (got_int || settings.user_abort)
|
|
|
3552 {
|
|
|
3553 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printing aborted"));
|
|
|
3554 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556 mch_print_end(&settings);
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 print_fail_no_begin:
|
|
|
3559 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
3560 }
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 /*
|
|
|
3563 * Print one page line.
|
|
|
3564 * Return the next column to print, or zero if the line is finished.
|
|
|
3565 */
|
|
|
3566 static colnr_T
|
|
|
3567 hardcopy_line(psettings, page_line, ppos)
|
|
|
3568 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3569 int page_line;
|
|
|
3570 prt_pos_T *ppos;
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3573 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3574 int need_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
3575 int outputlen;
|
|
|
3576 int tab_spaces;
|
|
|
3577 long_u print_pos;
|
|
|
3578 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3579 prt_text_attr_T attr;
|
|
|
3580 int id;
|
|
|
3581 #endif
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 if (ppos->column == 0 || ppos->ff)
|
|
|
3584 {
|
|
|
3585 print_pos = 0;
|
|
|
3586 tab_spaces = 0;
|
|
|
3587 if (!ppos->ff && prt_use_number())
|
|
|
3588 prt_line_number(psettings, page_line, ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3589 ppos->ff = FALSE;
|
|
|
3590 }
|
|
|
3591 else
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 /* left over from wrap halfway a tab */
|
|
|
3594 print_pos = ppos->print_pos;
|
|
|
3595 tab_spaces = ppos->lead_spaces;
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 mch_print_start_line(0, page_line);
|
|
|
3599 line = ml_get(ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3600
|
|
|
3601 /*
|
|
|
3602 * Loop over the columns until the end of the file line or right margin.
|
|
|
3603 */
|
|
|
3604 for (col = ppos->column; line[col] != NUL && !need_break; col += outputlen)
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 outputlen = 1;
|
|
|
3607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3608 if (has_mbyte && (outputlen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(line + col)) < 1)
|
|
|
3609 outputlen = 1;
|
|
|
3610 #endif
|
|
|
3611 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3612 /*
|
|
|
3613 * syntax highlighting stuff.
|
|
|
3614 */
|
|
|
3615 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3616 {
|
|
|
3617 id = syn_get_id(ppos->file_line, (long)col, 1);
|
|
|
3618 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
3619 id = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
3620 else
|
|
|
3621 id = 0;
|
|
|
3622 /* Get the line again, a multi-line regexp may invalidate it. */
|
|
|
3623 line = ml_get(ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 if (id != current_syn_id)
|
|
|
3626 {
|
|
|
3627 current_syn_id = id;
|
|
|
3628 prt_get_attr(id, &attr, psettings->modec);
|
|
|
3629 prt_set_font(attr.bold, attr.italic, attr.underline);
|
|
|
3630 prt_set_fg(attr.fg_color);
|
|
|
3631 prt_set_bg(attr.bg_color);
|
|
|
3632 }
|
|
|
3633 }
|
|
|
3634 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3635
|
|
|
3636 /*
|
|
|
3637 * Appropriately expand any tabs to spaces.
|
|
|
3638 */
|
|
|
3639 if (line[col] == TAB || tab_spaces != 0)
|
|
|
3640 {
|
|
|
3641 if (tab_spaces == 0)
|
|
|
3642 tab_spaces = curbuf->b_p_ts - (print_pos % curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 while (tab_spaces > 0)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 need_break = mch_print_text_out((char_u *)" ", 1);
|
|
|
3647 print_pos++;
|
|
|
3648 tab_spaces--;
|
|
|
3649 if (need_break)
|
|
|
3650 break;
|
|
|
3651 }
|
|
|
3652 /* Keep the TAB if we didn't finish it. */
|
|
|
3653 if (need_break && tab_spaces > 0)
|
|
|
3654 break;
|
|
|
3655 }
|
|
|
3656 else if (line[col] == FF
|
|
|
3657 && printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_FORMFEED].present
|
|
|
3658 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_FORMFEED].string[0])
|
|
|
3659 == 'y')
|
|
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 ppos->ff = TRUE;
|
|
|
3662 need_break = 1;
|
|
|
3663 }
|
|
|
3664 else
|
|
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 need_break = mch_print_text_out(line + col, outputlen);
|
|
|
3667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3668 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3669 print_pos += (*mb_ptr2cells)(line + col);
|
|
|
3670 else
|
|
|
3671 #endif
|
|
|
3672 print_pos++;
|
|
|
3673 }
|
|
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 ppos->lead_spaces = tab_spaces;
|
|
|
3677 ppos->print_pos = print_pos;
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 /*
|
|
|
3680 * Start next line of file if we clip lines, or have reached end of the
|
|
|
3681 * line, unless we are doing a formfeed.
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 if (!ppos->ff
|
|
|
3684 && (line[col] == NUL
|
|
|
3685 || (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_WRAP].present
|
|
|
3686 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_WRAP].string[0])
|
|
|
3687 == 'n')))
|
|
|
3688 return 0;
|
|
|
3689 return col;
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 /*
|
|
|
3695 * PS printer stuff.
|
|
|
3696 *
|
|
|
3697 * Sources of information to help maintain the PS printing code:
|
|
|
3698 *
|
|
|
3699 * 1. PostScript Language Reference, 3rd Edition,
|
|
|
3700 * Addison-Wesley, 1999, ISBN 0-201-37922-8
|
|
|
3701 * 2. PostScript Language Program Design,
|
|
|
3702 * Addison-Wesley, 1988, ISBN 0-201-14396-8
|
|
|
3703 * 3. PostScript Tutorial and Cookbook,
|
|
|
3704 * Addison Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-10179-3
|
|
|
3705 * 4. PostScript Language Document Structuring Conventions Specification,
|
|
|
3706 * version 3.0,
|
|
|
3707 * Adobe Technote 5001, 25th September 1992
|
|
|
3708 * 5. PostScript Printer Description File Format Specification, Version 4.3,
|
|
|
3709 * Adobe technote 5003, 9th February 1996
|
|
|
3710 * 6. Adobe Font Metrics File Format Specification, Version 4.1,
|
|
|
3711 * Adobe Technote 5007, 7th October 1998
|
|
|
3712 *
|
|
|
3713 * Some of these documents can be found in PDF form on Adobe's web site -
|
|
|
3714 * http://www.adobe.com
|
|
|
3715 */
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI (72) /* Default user space resolution */
|
|
|
3718 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_FONTSIZE (10)
|
|
|
3719 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE (80)
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721 struct prt_mediasize_S
|
|
|
3722 {
|
|
|
3723 char *name;
|
|
|
3724 float width; /* width and height in points for portrait */
|
|
|
3725 float height;
|
|
|
3726 };
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 #define PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN (sizeof(prt_mediasize) / sizeof(struct prt_mediasize_S))
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 static struct prt_mediasize_S prt_mediasize[] =
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 {"A4", 595.0, 842.0},
|
|
|
3733 {"letter", 612.0, 792.0},
|
|
|
3734 {"10x14", 720.0, 1008.0},
|
|
|
3735 {"A3", 842.0, 1191.0},
|
|
|
3736 {"A5", 420.0, 595.0},
|
|
|
3737 {"B4", 729.0, 1032.0},
|
|
|
3738 {"B5", 516.0, 729.0},
|
|
|
3739 {"executive", 522.0, 756.0},
|
|
|
3740 {"folio", 595.0, 935.0},
|
|
|
3741 {"ledger", 1224.0, 792.0}, /* Yes, it is wider than taller! */
|
|
|
3742 {"legal", 612.0, 1008.0},
|
|
|
3743 {"quarto", 610.0, 780.0},
|
|
|
3744 {"statement", 396.0, 612.0},
|
|
|
3745 {"tabloid", 792.0, 1224.0}
|
|
|
3746 };
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 /* PS font names, must be in Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold-Italic order */
|
|
|
3749 struct prt_ps_font_S
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 int wx;
|
|
|
3752 int uline_offset;
|
|
|
3753 int uline_width;
|
|
|
3754 int bbox_min_y;
|
|
|
3755 int bbox_max_y;
|
|
|
3756 char *(ps_fontname[4]);
|
|
|
3757 };
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 #define PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN (0)
|
|
|
3760 #define PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD (1)
|
|
|
3761 #define PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE (2)
|
|
|
3762 #define PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE (3)
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 static struct prt_ps_font_S prt_ps_font =
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 600,
|
|
|
3767 -100, 50,
|
|
|
3768 -250, 805,
|
|
|
3769 {"Courier", "Courier-Bold", "Courier-Oblique", "Courier-BoldOblique"}
|
|
|
3770 };
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 struct prt_ps_resource_S
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 char_u name[64];
|
|
|
3775 char_u filename[MAXPATHL + 1];
|
|
|
3776 int type;
|
|
|
3777 char_u title[256];
|
|
|
3778 char_u version[256];
|
|
|
3779 };
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 /* Types of PS resource file currently used */
|
|
|
3782 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_PROCSET (0)
|
|
|
3783 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_ENCODING (1)
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 /* The PS prolog file version number has to match - if the prolog file is
|
|
|
3786 * updated, increment the number in the file and here. Version checking was
|
|
|
3787 * added as of VIM 6.2.
|
|
|
3788 * Table of VIM and prolog versions:
|
|
|
3789 *
|
|
|
3790 * VIM Prolog
|
|
|
3791 * 6.2 1.3
|
|
|
3792 */
|
|
|
3793 #define PRT_PROLOG_VERSION ((char_u *)"1.3")
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 /* String versions of PS resource types - indexed by constants above so don't
|
|
|
3796 * re-order!
|
|
|
3797 */
|
|
|
3798 static char *resource_types[] =
|
|
|
3799 {
|
|
|
3800 "procset",
|
|
|
3801 "encoding"
|
|
|
3802 };
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 /* Strings to look for in a PS resource file */
|
|
|
3805 #define PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER "%!PS-Adobe-"
|
|
|
3806 #define PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE "Resource-"
|
|
|
3807 #define PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET "ProcSet"
|
|
|
3808 #define PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING "Encoding"
|
|
|
3809 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE "%%Title:"
|
|
|
3810 #define PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION "%%Version:"
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 static void prt_write_file_raw_len __ARGS((char_u *buffer, int bytes));
|
|
|
3813 static void prt_write_file __ARGS((char_u *buffer));
|
|
|
3814 static void prt_write_file_len __ARGS((char_u *buffer, int bytes));
|
|
|
3815 static void prt_write_string __ARGS((char *s));
|
|
|
3816 static void prt_write_int __ARGS((int i));
|
|
|
3817 static void prt_write_boolean __ARGS((int b));
|
|
|
3818 static void prt_def_font __ARGS((char *new_name, char *encoding, int height, char *font));
|
|
|
3819 static void prt_real_bits __ARGS((double real, int precision, int *pinteger, int *pfraction));
|
|
|
3820 static void prt_write_real __ARGS((double val, int prec));
|
|
|
3821 static void prt_def_var __ARGS((char *name, double value, int prec));
|
|
|
3822 static void prt_flush_buffer __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3823 static void prt_resource_name __ARGS((char_u *filename));
|
|
|
3824 static int prt_find_resource __ARGS((char *name, struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3825 static int prt_open_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3826 static int prt_check_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource, char_u *version));
|
|
|
3827 static void prt_dsc_start __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3828 static void prt_dsc_noarg __ARGS((char *comment));
|
|
|
3829 static void prt_dsc_textline __ARGS((char *comment, char *text));
|
|
|
3830 static void prt_dsc_text __ARGS((char *comment, char *text));
|
|
|
3831 static void prt_dsc_ints __ARGS((char *comment, int count, int *ints));
|
|
|
3832 static void prt_dsc_requirements __ARGS((int duplex, int tumble, int collate, int color, int num_copies));
|
|
|
3833 static void prt_dsc_docmedia __ARGS((char *paper_name, double width, double height, double weight, char *colour, char *type));
|
|
|
3834 static void prt_dsc_resources __ARGS((char *comment, char *type, int count, char **strings));
|
|
|
3835 static float to_device_units __ARGS((int idx, double physsize, int def_number));
|
|
|
3836 static void prt_page_margins __ARGS((double width, double height, double *left, double *right, double *top, double *bottom));
|
|
|
3837 static void prt_font_metrics __ARGS((int font_scale));
|
|
|
3838 static int prt_get_cpl __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3839 static int prt_get_lpp __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3840 static int prt_add_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 /*
|
|
|
3843 * Variables for the output PostScript file.
|
|
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 static FILE *prt_ps_fd;
|
|
|
3846 static int prt_file_error;
|
|
|
3847 static char_u *prt_ps_file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 /*
|
|
|
3850 * Various offsets and dimensions in default PostScript user space (points).
|
|
|
3851 * Used for text positioning calculations
|
|
|
3852 */
|
|
|
3853 static float prt_page_width;
|
|
|
3854 static float prt_page_height;
|
|
|
3855 static float prt_left_margin;
|
|
|
3856 static float prt_right_margin;
|
|
|
3857 static float prt_top_margin;
|
|
|
3858 static float prt_bottom_margin;
|
|
|
3859 static float prt_line_height;
|
|
|
3860 static float prt_first_line_height;
|
|
|
3861 static float prt_char_width;
|
|
|
3862 static float prt_number_width;
|
|
|
3863 static float prt_bgcol_offset;
|
|
|
3864 static float prt_pos_x_moveto = 0.0;
|
|
|
3865 static float prt_pos_y_moveto = 0.0;
|
|
|
3866
|
|
|
3867 /*
|
|
|
3868 * Various control variables used to decide when and how to change the
|
|
|
3869 * PostScript graphics state.
|
|
|
3870 */
|
|
|
3871 static int prt_need_moveto;
|
|
|
3872 static int prt_do_moveto;
|
|
|
3873 static int prt_need_font;
|
|
|
3874 static int prt_font;
|
|
|
3875 static int prt_need_underline;
|
|
|
3876 static int prt_underline;
|
|
|
3877 static int prt_do_underline;
|
|
|
3878 static int prt_need_fgcol;
|
|
|
3879 static int prt_fgcol;
|
|
|
3880 static int prt_need_bgcol;
|
|
|
3881 static int prt_do_bgcol;
|
|
|
3882 static int prt_bgcol;
|
|
|
3883 static int prt_new_bgcol;
|
|
|
3884 static int prt_attribute_change;
|
|
|
3885 static int prt_text_count;
|
|
|
3886 static int prt_page_num;
|
|
|
3887
|
|
|
3888 /*
|
|
|
3889 * Variables controlling physical printing.
|
|
|
3890 */
|
|
|
3891 static int prt_media;
|
|
|
3892 static int prt_portrait;
|
|
|
3893 static int prt_num_copies;
|
|
|
3894 static int prt_duplex;
|
|
|
3895 static int prt_tumble;
|
|
|
3896 static int prt_collate;
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 /*
|
|
|
3899 * Buffers used when generating PostScript output
|
|
|
3900 */
|
|
|
3901 static char_u prt_line_buffer[257];
|
|
|
3902 static garray_T prt_ps_buffer;
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3905 static int prt_do_conv;
|
|
|
3906 static vimconv_T prt_conv;
|
|
|
3907 # endif
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 static void
|
|
|
3910 prt_write_file_raw_len(buffer, bytes)
|
|
|
3911 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3912 int bytes;
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 if (!prt_file_error
|
|
|
3915 && fwrite(buffer, sizeof(char_u), bytes, prt_ps_fd)
|
|
|
3916 != (size_t)bytes)
|
|
|
3917 {
|
|
|
3918 EMSG(_("E455: Error writing to PostScript output file"));
|
|
|
3919 prt_file_error = TRUE;
|
|
|
3920 }
|
|
|
3921 }
|
|
|
3922
|
|
|
3923 static void
|
|
|
3924 prt_write_file(buffer)
|
|
|
3925 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3926 {
|
|
|
3927 prt_write_file_len(buffer, STRLEN(buffer));
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 static void
|
|
|
3931 prt_write_file_len(buffer, bytes)
|
|
|
3932 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3933 int bytes;
|
|
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3936 ebcdic2ascii(buffer, bytes);
|
|
|
3937 #endif
|
|
|
3938 prt_write_file_raw_len(buffer, bytes);
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 /*
|
|
|
3942 * Write a string.
|
|
|
3943 */
|
|
|
3944 static void
|
|
|
3945 prt_write_string(s)
|
|
|
3946 char *s;
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%s", s);
|
|
|
3949 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3950 }
|
|
|
3951
|
|
|
3952 /*
|
|
|
3953 * Write an int and a space.
|
|
|
3954 */
|
|
|
3955 static void
|
|
|
3956 prt_write_int(i)
|
|
|
3957 int i;
|
|
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d ", i);
|
|
|
3960 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3961 }
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 /*
|
|
|
3964 * Write a boolean and a space.
|
|
|
3965 */
|
|
|
3966 static void
|
|
|
3967 prt_write_boolean(b)
|
|
|
3968 int b;
|
|
|
3969 {
|
|
|
3970 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%s ", (b ? "T" : "F"));
|
|
|
3971 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 /*
|
|
|
3975 * Write a line to define the font.
|
|
|
3976 */
|
|
|
3977 static void
|
|
|
3978 prt_def_font(new_name, encoding, height, font)
|
|
|
3979 char *new_name;
|
|
|
3980 char *encoding;
|
|
|
3981 int height;
|
|
|
3982 char *font;
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/_%s /VIM-%s /%s ref\n", new_name, encoding, font);
|
|
|
3985 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3986 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/%s %d /_%s ffs\n",
|
|
|
3987 new_name, height, new_name);
|
|
|
3988 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3989 }
|
|
|
3990
|
|
|
3991 /*
|
|
|
3992 * Convert a real value into an integer and fractional part as integers, with
|
|
|
3993 * the fractional part being in the range [0,10^precision). The fractional part
|
|
|
3994 * is also rounded based on the precision + 1'th fractional digit.
|
|
|
3995 */
|
|
|
3996 static void
|
|
|
3997 prt_real_bits(real, precision, pinteger, pfraction)
|
|
|
3998 double real;
|
|
|
3999 int precision;
|
|
|
4000 int *pinteger;
|
|
|
4001 int *pfraction;
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 int i;
|
|
|
4004 int integer;
|
|
|
4005 float fraction;
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 integer = (int)real;
|
|
|
4008 fraction = (float)(real - integer);
|
|
|
4009 if (real < (double)integer)
|
|
|
4010 fraction = -fraction;
|
|
|
4011 for (i = 0; i < precision; i++)
|
|
|
4012 fraction *= 10.0;
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 *pinteger = integer;
|
|
|
4015 *pfraction = (int)(fraction + 0.5);
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 /*
|
|
|
4019 * Write a real and a space. Save bytes if real value has no fractional part!
|
|
|
4020 * We use prt_real_bits() as %f in sprintf uses the locale setting to decide
|
|
|
4021 * what decimal point character to use, but PS always requires a '.'.
|
|
|
4022 */
|
|
|
4023 static void
|
|
|
4024 prt_write_real(val, prec)
|
|
|
4025 double val;
|
|
|
4026 int prec;
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 int integer;
|
|
|
4029 int fraction;
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 prt_real_bits(val, prec, &integer, &fraction);
|
|
|
4032 /* Emit integer part */
|
|
|
4033 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d", integer);
|
|
|
4034 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4035 /* Only emit fraction if necessary */
|
|
|
4036 if (fraction != 0)
|
|
|
4037 {
|
|
|
4038 /* Remove any trailing zeros */
|
|
|
4039 while ((fraction % 10) == 0)
|
|
|
4040 {
|
|
|
4041 prec--;
|
|
|
4042 fraction /= 10;
|
|
|
4043 }
|
|
|
4044 /* Emit fraction left padded with zeros */
|
|
|
4045 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, ".%0*d", prec, fraction);
|
|
|
4046 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4047 }
|
|
|
4048 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4049 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4050 }
|
|
|
4051
|
|
|
4052 /*
|
|
|
4053 * Write a line to define a numeric variable.
|
|
|
4054 */
|
|
|
4055 static void
|
|
|
4056 prt_def_var(name, value, prec)
|
|
|
4057 char *name;
|
|
|
4058 double value;
|
|
|
4059 int prec;
|
|
|
4060 {
|
|
|
4061 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/%s ", name);
|
|
|
4062 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4063 prt_write_real(value, prec);
|
|
|
4064 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "d\n");
|
|
|
4065 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4066 }
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 /* Convert size from font space to user space at current font scale */
|
|
|
4069 #define PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(scale, size) ((size) * ((scale)/1000.0))
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 static void
|
|
|
4072 prt_flush_buffer()
|
|
|
4073 {
|
|
|
4074 if (prt_ps_buffer.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
|
4076 /* Any background color must be drawn first */
|
|
|
4077 if (prt_do_bgcol && (prt_new_bgcol != PRCOLOR_WHITE))
|
|
|
4078 {
|
|
|
4079 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
4080
|
|
|
4081 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4082 {
|
|
|
4083 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4084 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4085 prt_write_string("m\n");
|
|
|
4086 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 /* Size of rect of background color on which text is printed */
|
|
|
4090 prt_write_real(prt_text_count * prt_char_width, 2);
|
|
|
4091 prt_write_real(prt_line_height, 2);
|
|
|
4092
|
|
|
4093 /* Lastly add the color of the background */
|
|
|
4094 r = ((unsigned)prt_new_bgcol & 0xff0000) >> 16;
|
|
|
4095 g = ((unsigned)prt_new_bgcol & 0xff00) >> 8;
|
|
|
4096 b = prt_new_bgcol & 0xff;
|
|
|
4097 prt_write_real(r / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4098 prt_write_real(g / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4099 prt_write_real(b / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4100 prt_write_string("bg\n");
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 /* Draw underlines before the text as it makes it slightly easier to
|
|
|
4103 * find the starting point.
|
|
|
4104 */
|
|
|
4105 if (prt_do_underline)
|
|
|
4106 {
|
|
|
4107 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4110 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4111 prt_write_string("m\n");
|
|
|
4112 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 /* Underlining is easy - just need the number of characters to
|
|
|
4116 * print. */
|
|
|
4117 prt_write_real(prt_text_count * prt_char_width, 2);
|
|
|
4118 prt_write_string("ul\n");
|
|
|
4119 }
|
|
|
4120 /* Draw the text
|
|
|
4121 * Note: we write text out raw - EBCDIC conversion is handled in the
|
|
|
4122 * PostScript world via the font encoding vector. */
|
|
|
4123 prt_write_string("(");
|
|
|
4124 prt_write_file_raw_len(prt_ps_buffer.ga_data, prt_ps_buffer.ga_len);
|
|
|
4125 prt_write_string(")");
|
|
|
4126 /* Add a moveto if need be and use the appropriate show procedure */
|
|
|
4127 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4130 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4131 /* moveto and a show */
|
|
|
4132 prt_write_string("ms\n");
|
|
|
4133 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4134 }
|
|
|
4135 else /* Simple show */
|
|
|
4136 prt_write_string("s\n");
|
|
|
4137
|
|
|
4138 ga_clear(&prt_ps_buffer);
|
|
|
4139 ga_init2(&prt_ps_buffer, (int)sizeof(char), PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
|
|
4140 }
|
|
|
4141 }
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 static char_u *resource_filename;
|
|
|
4144
|
|
|
4145 static void
|
|
|
4146 prt_resource_name(filename)
|
|
|
4147 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4148 {
|
|
|
4149 if (STRLEN(filename) >= MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4150 *resource_filename = NUL;
|
|
|
4151 else
|
|
|
4152 STRCPY(resource_filename, filename);
|
|
|
4153 }
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 static int
|
|
|
4156 prt_find_resource(name, resource)
|
|
|
4157 char *name;
|
|
|
4158 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4159 {
|
|
|
4160 char_u buffer[MAXPATHL + 1];
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 STRCPY(resource->name, name);
|
|
|
4163 /* Look for named resource file in runtimepath */
|
|
|
4164 STRCPY(buffer, "print");
|
|
|
4165 add_pathsep(buffer);
|
|
|
4166 STRCAT(buffer, name);
|
|
|
4167 STRCAT(buffer, ".ps");
|
|
|
4168 resource_filename = resource->filename;
|
|
|
4169 *resource_filename = NUL;
|
|
|
4170 return (do_in_runtimepath(buffer, FALSE, prt_resource_name)
|
|
|
4171 && resource->filename[0] != NUL);
|
|
|
4172 }
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 /* PS CR and LF characters have platform independent values */
|
|
|
4175 #define PSLF (0x0a)
|
|
|
4176 #define PSCR (0x0d)
|
|
|
4177
|
|
|
4178 /* Very simple hand crafted parser to get the type, title, and version number of
|
|
|
4179 * a PS resource file so the file details can be added to the DSC header
|
|
|
4180 * comments. */
|
|
|
4181 static int
|
|
|
4182 prt_open_resource(resource)
|
|
|
4183 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 FILE *fd_resource;
|
|
|
4186 char_u buffer[128];
|
|
|
4187 char_u *ch = buffer;
|
|
|
4188 char_u *ch2;
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 fd_resource = mch_fopen((char *)resource->filename, READBIN);
|
|
|
4191 if (fd_resource == NULL)
|
|
|
4192 {
|
|
|
4193 EMSG2(_("E624: Can't open file \"%s\""), resource->filename);
|
|
|
4194 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4195 }
|
|
|
4196 vim_memset(buffer, NUL, sizeof(buffer));
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 /* Parse first line to ensure valid resource file */
|
|
|
4199 (void)fread((char *)buffer, sizeof(char_u), sizeof(buffer),
|
|
|
4200 fd_resource);
|
|
|
4201 if (ferror(fd_resource))
|
|
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 EMSG2(_("E457: Can't read PostScript resource file \"%s\""),
|
|
|
4204 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4205 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4206 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER)) != 0)
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 EMSG2(_("E618: file \"%s\" is not a PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4212 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4213 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4214 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4215 }
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 /* Skip over any version numbers and following ws */
|
|
|
4218 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER);
|
|
|
4219 while (!isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4220 ch++;
|
|
|
4221 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4222 ch++;
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE)) != 0)
|
|
|
4225 {
|
|
|
4226 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4227 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4228 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4229 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4230 }
|
|
|
4231 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE);
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 /* Decide type of resource in the file */
|
|
|
4234 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET)) == 0)
|
|
|
4235 {
|
|
|
4236 resource->type = PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_PROCSET;
|
|
|
4237 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET);
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 else if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING)) == 0)
|
|
|
4240 {
|
|
|
4241 resource->type = PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_ENCODING;
|
|
|
4242 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING);
|
|
|
4243 }
|
|
|
4244 else
|
|
|
4245 {
|
|
|
4246 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4247 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4248 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4249 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4250 }
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 /* Consume up to and including the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4253 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4254 ch++;
|
|
|
4255 while (*ch == PSCR || *ch == PSLF)
|
|
|
4256 ch++;
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 /* Match %%Title: */
|
|
|
4259 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE)) != 0)
|
|
|
4260 {
|
|
|
4261 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4262 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4263 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4264 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4265 }
|
|
|
4266 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE);
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 /* Skip ws after %%Title: */
|
|
|
4269 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4270 ch++;
|
|
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 /* Copy up to the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4273 ch2 = resource->title;
|
|
|
4274 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4275 *ch2++ = *ch++;
|
|
|
4276 *ch2 = '\0';
|
|
|
4277 while (*ch == PSCR || *ch == PSLF)
|
|
|
4278 ch++;
|
|
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 /* Match %%Version: */
|
|
|
4281 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION)) != 0)
|
|
|
4282 {
|
|
|
4283 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4284 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4285 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4286 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION);
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 /* Skip ws after %%Version: */
|
|
|
4291 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4292 ch++;
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 /* Copy up to the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4295 ch2 = resource->version;
|
|
|
4296 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4297 *ch2++ = *ch++;
|
|
|
4298 *ch2 = '\0';
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 static int
|
|
|
4306 prt_check_resource(resource, version)
|
|
|
4307 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4308 char_u *version;
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 /* Version number m.n should match, the revision number does not matter */
|
|
|
4311 if (STRNCMP(resource->version, version, STRLEN(version)))
|
|
|
4312 {
|
|
|
4313 EMSG2(_("E621: \"%s\" resource file has wrong version"),
|
|
|
4314 resource->name);
|
|
|
4315 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4316 }
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 /* Other checks to be added as needed */
|
|
|
4319 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4320 }
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 static void
|
|
|
4323 prt_dsc_start()
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 prt_write_string("%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 static void
|
|
|
4329 prt_dsc_noarg(comment)
|
|
|
4330 char *comment;
|
|
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s\n", comment);
|
|
|
4333 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4334 }
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 static void
|
|
|
4337 prt_dsc_textline(comment, text)
|
|
|
4338 char *comment;
|
|
|
4339 char *text;
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: %s\n", comment, text);
|
|
|
4342 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4343 }
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 static void
|
|
|
4346 prt_dsc_text(comment, text)
|
|
|
4347 char *comment;
|
|
|
4348 char *text;
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 /* TODO - should scan 'text' for any chars needing escaping! */
|
|
|
4351 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: (%s)\n", comment, text);
|
|
|
4352 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4353 }
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 #define prt_dsc_atend(c) prt_dsc_text((c), "atend")
|
|
|
4356
|
|
|
4357 static void
|
|
|
4358 prt_dsc_ints(comment, count, ints)
|
|
|
4359 char *comment;
|
|
|
4360 int count;
|
|
|
4361 int *ints;
|
|
|
4362 {
|
|
|
4363 int i;
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s:", comment);
|
|
|
4366 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|
|
4369 {
|
|
|
4370 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " %d", ints[i]);
|
|
|
4371 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4372 }
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 static void
|
|
|
4378 prt_dsc_resources(comment, type, count, strings)
|
|
|
4379 char *comment; /* if NULL add to previous */
|
|
|
4380 char *type;
|
|
|
4381 int count;
|
|
|
4382 char **strings;
|
|
|
4383 {
|
|
|
4384 int i;
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 if (comment != NULL)
|
|
|
4387 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: %s", comment, type);
|
|
|
4388 else
|
|
|
4389 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%+ %s", type);
|
|
|
4390 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|
|
4393 {
|
|
|
4394 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " %s", strings[i]);
|
|
|
4395 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4396 }
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4399 }
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 static void
|
|
|
4402 prt_dsc_requirements(duplex, tumble, collate, color, num_copies)
|
|
|
4403 int duplex;
|
|
|
4404 int tumble;
|
|
|
4405 int collate;
|
|
|
4406 int color;
|
|
|
4407 int num_copies;
|
|
|
4408 {
|
|
|
4409 /* Only output the comment if we need to.
|
|
|
4410 * Note: tumble is ignored if we are not duplexing
|
|
|
4411 */
|
|
|
4412 if (!(duplex || collate || color || (num_copies > 1)))
|
|
|
4413 return;
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%Requirements:");
|
|
|
4416 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 if (duplex)
|
|
|
4419 {
|
|
|
4420 prt_write_string(" duplex");
|
|
|
4421 if (tumble)
|
|
|
4422 prt_write_string("(tumble)");
|
|
|
4423 }
|
|
|
4424 if (collate)
|
|
|
4425 prt_write_string(" collate");
|
|
|
4426 if (color)
|
|
|
4427 prt_write_string(" color");
|
|
|
4428 if (num_copies > 1)
|
|
|
4429 {
|
|
|
4430 prt_write_string(" numcopies(");
|
|
|
4431 /* Note: no space wanted so dont use prt_write_int() */
|
|
|
4432 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d", num_copies);
|
|
|
4433 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4434 prt_write_string(")");
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4437 }
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 static void
|
|
|
4440 prt_dsc_docmedia(paper_name, width, height, weight, colour, type)
|
|
|
4441 char *paper_name;
|
|
|
4442 double width;
|
|
|
4443 double height;
|
|
|
4444 double weight;
|
|
|
4445 char *colour;
|
|
|
4446 char *type;
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
|
4448 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%DocumentMedia: %s ", paper_name);
|
|
|
4449 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4450 prt_write_real(width, 2);
|
|
|
4451 prt_write_real(height, 2);
|
|
|
4452 prt_write_real(weight, 2);
|
|
|
4453 if (colour == NULL)
|
|
|
4454 prt_write_string("()");
|
|
|
4455 else
|
|
|
4456 prt_write_string(colour);
|
|
|
4457 prt_write_string(" ");
|
|
|
4458 if (type == NULL)
|
|
|
4459 prt_write_string("()");
|
|
|
4460 else
|
|
|
4461 prt_write_string(type);
|
|
|
4462 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4463 }
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 void
|
|
|
4466 mch_print_cleanup()
|
|
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4469 if (prt_do_conv)
|
|
|
4470 {
|
|
|
4471 convert_setup(&prt_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4472 prt_do_conv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4473 }
|
|
|
4474 #endif
|
|
|
4475 if (prt_ps_fd != NULL)
|
|
|
4476 {
|
|
|
4477 fclose(prt_ps_fd);
|
|
|
4478 prt_ps_fd = NULL;
|
|
|
4479 prt_file_error = FALSE;
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481 if (prt_ps_file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 vim_free(prt_ps_file_name);
|
|
|
4484 prt_ps_file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
4485 }
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 static float
|
|
|
4489 to_device_units(idx, physsize, def_number)
|
|
|
4490 int idx;
|
|
|
4491 double physsize;
|
|
|
4492 int def_number;
|
|
|
4493 {
|
|
|
4494 float ret;
|
|
|
4495 int u;
|
|
|
4496 int nr;
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 u = prt_get_unit(idx);
|
|
|
4499 if (u == PRT_UNIT_NONE)
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
|
4501 u = PRT_UNIT_PERC;
|
|
|
4502 nr = def_number;
|
|
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504 else
|
|
|
4505 nr = printer_opts[idx].number;
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 switch (u)
|
|
|
4508 {
|
|
|
4509 case PRT_UNIT_INCH:
|
|
|
4510 ret = (float)(nr * PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI);
|
|
|
4511 break;
|
|
|
4512 case PRT_UNIT_MM:
|
|
|
4513 ret = (float)(nr * PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI) / (float)25.4;
|
|
|
4514 break;
|
|
|
4515 case PRT_UNIT_POINT:
|
|
|
4516 ret = (float)nr;
|
|
|
4517 break;
|
|
|
4518 case PRT_UNIT_PERC:
|
|
|
4519 default:
|
|
|
4520 ret = (float)(physsize * nr) / 100;
|
|
|
4521 break;
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 return ret;
|
|
|
4525 }
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 /*
|
|
|
4528 * Calculate margins for given width and height from printoptions settings.
|
|
|
4529 */
|
|
|
4530 static void
|
|
|
4531 prt_page_margins(width, height, left, right, top, bottom)
|
|
|
4532 double width;
|
|
|
4533 double height;
|
|
|
4534 double *left;
|
|
|
4535 double *right;
|
|
|
4536 double *top;
|
|
|
4537 double *bottom;
|
|
|
4538 {
|
|
|
4539 *left = to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_LEFT, width, 10);
|
|
|
4540 *right = width - to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_RIGHT, width, 5);
|
|
|
4541 *top = height - to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_TOP, height, 5);
|
|
|
4542 *bottom = to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_BOT, height, 5);
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 static void
|
|
|
4546 prt_font_metrics(font_scale)
|
|
|
4547 int font_scale;
|
|
|
4548 {
|
|
|
4549 prt_line_height = (float)font_scale;
|
|
|
4550 prt_char_width = (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(font_scale, prt_ps_font.wx);
|
|
|
4551 }
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 static int
|
|
|
4555 prt_get_cpl()
|
|
|
4556 {
|
|
|
4557 if (prt_use_number())
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 prt_number_width = PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH * prt_char_width;
|
|
|
4560 prt_left_margin += prt_number_width;
|
|
|
4561 }
|
|
|
4562 else
|
|
|
4563 prt_number_width = 0.0;
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 return (int)((prt_right_margin - prt_left_margin) / prt_char_width);
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /*
|
|
|
4569 * Get number of lines of text that fit on a page (excluding the header).
|
|
|
4570 */
|
|
|
4571 static int
|
|
|
4572 prt_get_lpp()
|
|
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 int lpp;
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 /*
|
|
|
4577 * Calculate offset to lower left corner of background rect based on actual
|
|
|
4578 * font height (based on its bounding box) and the line height, handling the
|
|
|
4579 * case where the font height can exceed the line height.
|
|
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 prt_bgcol_offset = (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
4582 prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y);
|
|
|
4583 if ((prt_ps_font.bbox_max_y - prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y) < 1000.0)
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 prt_bgcol_offset -= (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
4586 (1000.0 - (prt_ps_font.bbox_max_y -
|
|
|
4587 prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y)) / 2);
|
|
|
4588 }
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 /* Get height for topmost line based on background rect offset. */
|
|
|
4591 prt_first_line_height = prt_line_height + prt_bgcol_offset;
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 /* Calculate lpp */
|
|
|
4594 lpp = (int)((prt_top_margin - prt_bottom_margin) / prt_line_height);
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 /* Adjust top margin if there is a header */
|
|
|
4597 prt_top_margin -= prt_line_height * prt_header_height();
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 return lpp - prt_header_height();
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601
|
|
|
4602 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4603 int
|
|
|
4604 mch_print_init(psettings, jobname, forceit)
|
|
|
4605 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
4606 char_u *jobname;
|
|
|
4607 int forceit;
|
|
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609 int i;
|
|
|
4610 char *paper_name;
|
|
|
4611 int paper_strlen;
|
|
|
4612 int fontsize;
|
|
|
4613 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4614 double left;
|
|
|
4615 double right;
|
|
|
4616 double top;
|
|
|
4617 double bottom;
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 #if 0
|
|
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * TODO:
|
|
|
4622 * If "forceit" is false: pop up a dialog to select:
|
|
|
4623 * - printer name
|
|
|
4624 * - copies
|
|
|
4625 * - collated/uncollated
|
|
|
4626 * - duplex off/long side/short side
|
|
|
4627 * - paper size
|
|
|
4628 * - portrait/landscape
|
|
|
4629 * - font size
|
|
|
4630 *
|
|
|
4631 * If "forceit" is true: use the default printer and settings
|
|
|
4632 */
|
|
|
4633 if (forceit)
|
|
|
4634 s_pd.Flags |= PD_RETURNDEFAULT;
|
|
|
4635 #endif
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 /*
|
|
|
4638 * Find the size of the paper and set the margins.
|
|
|
4639 */
|
|
|
4640 prt_portrait = (!printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PORTRAIT].present
|
|
|
4641 || TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PORTRAIT].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
4642 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].present)
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
|
4644 paper_name = (char *)printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].string;
|
|
|
4645 paper_strlen = printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].strlen;
|
|
|
4646 }
|
|
|
4647 else
|
|
|
4648 {
|
|
|
4649 paper_name = "A4";
|
|
|
4650 paper_strlen = 2;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652 for (i = 0; i < PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN; ++i)
|
|
|
4653 if (STRLEN(prt_mediasize[i].name) == (unsigned)paper_strlen
|
|
|
4654 && STRNICMP(prt_mediasize[i].name, paper_name,
|
|
|
4655 paper_strlen) == 0)
|
|
|
4656 break;
|
|
|
4657 if (i == PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN)
|
|
|
4658 i = 0;
|
|
|
4659 prt_media = i;
|
|
|
4660
|
|
|
4661 /*
|
|
|
4662 * Set PS pagesize based on media dimensions and print orientation.
|
|
|
4663 * Note: Media and page sizes have defined meanings in PostScript and should
|
|
|
4664 * be kept distinct. Media is the paper (or transparency, or ...) that is
|
|
|
4665 * printed on, whereas the page size is the area that the PostScript
|
|
|
4666 * interpreter renders into.
|
|
|
4667 */
|
|
|
4668 if (prt_portrait)
|
|
|
4669 {
|
|
|
4670 prt_page_width = prt_mediasize[i].width;
|
|
|
4671 prt_page_height = prt_mediasize[i].height;
|
|
|
4672 }
|
|
|
4673 else
|
|
|
4674 {
|
|
|
4675 prt_page_width = prt_mediasize[i].height;
|
|
|
4676 prt_page_height = prt_mediasize[i].width;
|
|
|
4677 }
|
|
|
4678
|
|
|
4679 /*
|
|
|
4680 * Set PS page margins based on the PS pagesize, not the mediasize - this
|
|
|
4681 * needs to be done before the cpl and lpp are calculated.
|
|
|
4682 */
|
|
|
4683 prt_page_margins(prt_page_width, prt_page_height, &left, &right, &top,
|
|
|
4684 &bottom);
|
|
|
4685 prt_left_margin = (float)left;
|
|
|
4686 prt_right_margin = (float)right;
|
|
|
4687 prt_top_margin = (float)top;
|
|
|
4688 prt_bottom_margin = (float)bottom;
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 /*
|
|
|
4691 * Set up the font size.
|
|
|
4692 */
|
|
|
4693 fontsize = PRT_PS_DEFAULT_FONTSIZE;
|
|
|
4694 for (p = p_pfn; (p = vim_strchr(p, ':')) != NULL; ++p)
|
|
|
4695 if (p[1] == 'h' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p[2]))
|
|
|
4696 fontsize = atoi((char *)p + 2);
|
|
|
4697 prt_font_metrics(fontsize);
|
|
|
4698
|
|
|
4699 /*
|
|
|
4700 * Return the number of characters per line, and lines per page for the
|
|
|
4701 * generic print code.
|
|
|
4702 */
|
|
|
4703 psettings->chars_per_line = prt_get_cpl();
|
|
|
4704 psettings->lines_per_page = prt_get_lpp();
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 /* Catch margin settings that leave no space for output! */
|
|
|
4707 if (psettings->chars_per_line <= 0 || psettings->lines_per_page <= 0)
|
|
|
4708 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 /*
|
|
|
4711 * Sort out the number of copies to be printed. PS by default will do
|
|
|
4712 * uncollated copies for you, so once we know how many uncollated copies are
|
|
|
4713 * wanted cache it away and lie to the generic code that we only want one
|
|
|
4714 * uncollated copy.
|
|
|
4715 */
|
|
|
4716 psettings->n_collated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4717 psettings->n_uncollated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4718 prt_num_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4719 prt_collate = (!printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_COLLATE].present
|
|
|
4720 || TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_COLLATE].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
4721 if (prt_collate)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 /* TODO: Get number of collated copies wanted. */
|
|
|
4724 psettings->n_collated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726 else
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 /* TODO: Get number of uncollated copies wanted and update the cached
|
|
|
4729 * count.
|
|
|
4730 */
|
|
|
4731 prt_num_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4732 }
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 psettings->jobname = jobname;
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 /*
|
|
|
4737 * Set up printer duplex and tumble based on Duplex option setting - default
|
|
|
4738 * is long sided duplex printing (i.e. no tumble).
|
|
|
4739 */
|
|
|
4740 prt_duplex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4741 prt_tumble = FALSE;
|
|
|
4742 psettings->duplex = 1;
|
|
|
4743 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].present)
|
|
|
4744 {
|
|
|
4745 if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].string, "off", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
4746 {
|
|
|
4747 prt_duplex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4748 psettings->duplex = 0;
|
|
|
4749 }
|
|
|
4750 else if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].string, "short", 5)
|
|
|
4751 == 0)
|
|
|
4752 prt_tumble = TRUE;
|
|
|
4753 }
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 /* For now user abort not supported */
|
|
|
4756 psettings->user_abort = 0;
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 /* If the user didn't specify a file name, use a temp file. */
|
|
|
4759 if (psettings->outfile == NULL)
|
|
|
4760 {
|
|
|
4761 prt_ps_file_name = vim_tempname('p');
|
|
|
4762 if (prt_ps_file_name == NULL)
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
4765 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767 prt_ps_fd = mch_fopen((char *)prt_ps_file_name, WRITEBIN);
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769 else
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 p = expand_env_save(psettings->outfile);
|
|
|
4772 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 prt_ps_fd = mch_fopen((char *)p, WRITEBIN);
|
|
|
4775 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4776 }
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778 if (prt_ps_fd == NULL)
|
|
|
4779 {
|
|
|
4780 EMSG(_("E324: Can't open PostScript output file"));
|
|
|
4781 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
4782 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4783 }
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 ga_init2(&prt_ps_buffer, (int)sizeof(char), PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
|
|
4786
|
|
|
4787 prt_page_num = 0;
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 prt_attribute_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
4790 prt_need_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4791 prt_need_font = FALSE;
|
|
|
4792 prt_need_fgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
4793 prt_need_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
4794 prt_need_underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 prt_file_error = FALSE;
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 return OK;
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 static int
|
|
|
4802 prt_add_resource(resource)
|
|
|
4803 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 FILE* fd_resource;
|
|
|
4806 char_u resource_buffer[512];
|
|
|
4807 char *resource_name[1];
|
|
|
4808 size_t bytes_read;
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 fd_resource = mch_fopen((char *)resource->filename, READBIN);
|
|
|
4811 if (fd_resource == NULL)
|
|
|
4812 {
|
|
|
4813 EMSG2(_("E456: Can't open file \"%s\""), resource->filename);
|
|
|
4814 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4815 }
|
|
|
4816 resource_name[0] = (char *)resource->title;
|
|
|
4817 prt_dsc_resources("BeginResource",
|
|
|
4818 resource_types[resource->type], 1, resource_name);
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 prt_dsc_textline("BeginDocument", (char *)resource->filename);
|
|
|
4821
|
|
|
4822 for (;;)
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
|
4824 bytes_read = fread((char *)resource_buffer, sizeof(char_u),
|
|
|
4825 sizeof(resource_buffer), fd_resource);
|
|
|
4826 if (ferror(fd_resource))
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 EMSG2(_("E457: Can't read PostScript resource file \"%s\""),
|
|
|
4829 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4830 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4831 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4832 }
|
|
|
4833 if (bytes_read == 0)
|
|
|
4834 break;
|
|
|
4835 prt_write_file_raw_len(resource_buffer, bytes_read);
|
|
|
4836 if (prt_file_error)
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4839 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 prt_dsc_noarg("EndDocument");
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 prt_dsc_noarg("EndResource");
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4849 }
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 int
|
|
|
4852 mch_print_begin(psettings)
|
|
|
4853 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
4854 {
|
|
|
4855 time_t now;
|
|
|
4856 int bbox[4];
|
|
|
4857 char *p_time;
|
|
|
4858 char *resource[1];
|
|
|
4859 double left;
|
|
|
4860 double right;
|
|
|
4861 double top;
|
|
|
4862 double bottom;
|
|
|
4863 struct prt_ps_resource_S res_prolog;
|
|
|
4864 struct prt_ps_resource_S res_encoding;
|
|
|
4865 char_u buffer[256];
|
|
|
4866 char_u *p_encoding;
|
|
|
4867 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4868 int props;
|
|
|
4869 #endif
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 /*
|
|
|
4872 * PS DSC Header comments - no PS code!
|
|
|
4873 */
|
|
|
4874 prt_dsc_start();
|
|
|
4875 prt_dsc_textline("Title", (char *)psettings->jobname);
|
|
|
4876 /* TODO - platform dependent user name retrieval */
|
|
|
4877 prt_dsc_textline("For", "Unknown");
|
|
|
4878 prt_dsc_textline("Creator", VIM_VERSION_LONG);
|
|
|
4879 /* Note: to ensure Clean8bit I don't think we can use LC_TIME */
|
|
|
4880 now = time(NULL);
|
|
|
4881 p_time = ctime(&now);
|
|
|
4882 /* Note: ctime() adds a \n so we have to remove it :-( */
|
|
|
4883 *(vim_strchr((char_u *)p_time, '\n')) = '\0';
|
|
|
4884 prt_dsc_textline("CreationDate", p_time);
|
|
|
4885 prt_dsc_textline("DocumentData", "Clean8Bit");
|
|
|
4886 prt_dsc_textline("Orientation", "Portrait");
|
|
|
4887 prt_dsc_atend("Pages");
|
|
|
4888 prt_dsc_textline("PageOrder", "Ascend");
|
|
|
4889 /* The bbox does not change with orientation - it is always in the default
|
|
|
4890 * user coordinate system! We have to recalculate right and bottom
|
|
|
4891 * coordinates based on the font metrics for the bbox to be accurate. */
|
|
|
4892 prt_page_margins(prt_mediasize[prt_media].width,
|
|
|
4893 prt_mediasize[prt_media].height,
|
|
|
4894 &left, &right, &top, &bottom);
|
|
|
4895 bbox[0] = (int)left;
|
|
|
4896 if (prt_portrait)
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 /* In portrait printing the fixed point is the top left corner so we
|
|
|
4899 * derive the bbox from that point. We have the expected cpl chars
|
|
|
4900 * across the media and lpp lines down the media.
|
|
|
4901 */
|
|
|
4902 bbox[1] = (int)(top - (psettings->lines_per_page + prt_header_height())
|
|
|
4903 * prt_line_height);
|
|
|
4904 bbox[2] = (int)(left + psettings->chars_per_line * prt_char_width
|
|
|
4905 + 0.5);
|
|
|
4906 bbox[3] = (int)(top + 0.5);
|
|
|
4907 }
|
|
|
4908 else
|
|
|
4909 {
|
|
|
4910 /* In landscape printing the fixed point is the bottom left corner so we
|
|
|
4911 * derive the bbox from that point. We have lpp chars across the media
|
|
|
4912 * and cpl lines up the media.
|
|
|
4913 */
|
|
|
4914 bbox[1] = (int)bottom;
|
|
|
4915 bbox[2] = (int)(left + ((psettings->lines_per_page
|
|
|
4916 + prt_header_height()) * prt_line_height) + 0.5);
|
|
|
4917 bbox[3] = (int)(bottom + psettings->chars_per_line * prt_char_width
|
|
|
4918 + 0.5);
|
|
|
4919 }
|
|
|
4920 prt_dsc_ints("BoundingBox", 4, bbox);
|
|
|
4921 /* The media width and height does not change with landscape printing! */
|
|
|
4922 prt_dsc_docmedia(prt_mediasize[prt_media].name,
|
|
|
4923 prt_mediasize[prt_media].width,
|
|
|
4924 prt_mediasize[prt_media].height,
|
|
|
4925 (double)0, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4926 prt_dsc_resources("DocumentNeededResources", "font", 4,
|
|
|
4927 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname);
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 /* Search for external resources we supply */
|
|
|
4930 if (!prt_find_resource("prolog", &res_prolog))
|
|
|
4931 {
|
|
|
4932 EMSG(_("E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\""));
|
|
|
4933 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4934 }
|
|
|
4935 if (!prt_open_resource(&res_prolog))
|
|
|
4936 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4937 if (!prt_check_resource(&res_prolog, PRT_PROLOG_VERSION))
|
|
|
4938 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4939 /* Find an encoding to use for printing.
|
|
|
4940 * Check 'printencoding'. If not set or not found, then use 'encoding'. If
|
|
|
4941 * that cannot be found then default to "latin1".
|
|
|
4942 * Note: VIM specific encoding header is always skipped.
|
|
|
4943 */
|
|
|
4944 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4945 props = enc_canon_props(p_enc);
|
|
|
4946 #endif
|
|
|
4947 p_encoding = enc_skip(p_penc);
|
|
|
4948 if (*p_encoding == NUL
|
|
|
4949 || !prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4950 {
|
|
|
4951 /* 'printencoding' not set or not supported - find alternate */
|
|
|
4952 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4953 p_encoding = enc_skip(p_enc);
|
|
|
4954 if (!(props & ENC_8BIT)
|
|
|
4955 || !prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4956 {
|
|
|
4957 /* 8-bit 'encoding' is not supported */
|
|
|
4958 #endif
|
|
|
4959 /* Use latin1 as default printing encoding */
|
|
|
4960 p_encoding = (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
|
4961 if (!prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4962 {
|
|
|
4963 EMSG2(_("E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"%s.ps\""),
|
|
|
4964 p_encoding);
|
|
|
4965 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4968 }
|
|
|
4969 #endif
|
|
|
4970 }
|
|
|
4971 if (!prt_open_resource(&res_encoding))
|
|
|
4972 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4973 /* For the moment there are no checks on encoding resource files to perform */
|
|
|
4974 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4975 /* Set up encoding conversion if starting from multi-byte */
|
|
|
4976 props = enc_canon_props(p_enc);
|
|
|
4977 if (!(props & ENC_8BIT))
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 if (FAIL == convert_setup(&prt_conv, p_enc, p_encoding))
|
|
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 EMSG2(_("E620: Unable to convert from multi-byte to \"%s\" encoding"),
|
|
|
4982 p_encoding);
|
|
|
4983 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4984 }
|
|
|
4985 prt_do_conv = TRUE;
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987 #endif
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 /* List resources supplied */
|
|
|
4990 resource[0] = (char *)buffer;
|
|
|
4991 STRCPY(buffer, res_prolog.title);
|
|
|
4992 STRCAT(buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4993 STRCAT(buffer, res_prolog.version);
|
|
|
4994 prt_dsc_resources("DocumentSuppliedResources", "procset", 1, resource);
|
|
|
4995 STRCPY(buffer, res_encoding.title);
|
|
|
4996 STRCAT(buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4997 STRCAT(buffer, res_encoding.version);
|
|
|
4998 prt_dsc_resources(NULL, "encoding", 1, resource);
|
|
|
4999 prt_dsc_requirements(prt_duplex, prt_tumble, prt_collate,
|
|
|
5000 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5001 psettings->do_syntax
|
|
|
5002 #else
|
|
|
5003 0
|
|
|
5004 #endif
|
|
|
5005 , prt_num_copies);
|
|
|
5006 prt_dsc_noarg("EndComments");
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 /*
|
|
|
5009 * PS Document page defaults
|
|
|
5010 */
|
|
|
5011 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginDefaults");
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 /* List font resources most likely common to all pages */
|
|
|
5014 prt_dsc_resources("PageResources", "font", 4, prt_ps_font.ps_fontname);
|
|
|
5015 /* Paper will be used for all pages */
|
|
|
5016 prt_dsc_textline("PageMedia", prt_mediasize[prt_media].name);
|
|
|
5017
|
|
|
5018 prt_dsc_noarg("EndDefaults");
|
|
|
5019
|
|
|
5020 /*
|
|
|
5021 * PS Document prolog inclusion - all required procsets.
|
|
|
5022 */
|
|
|
5023 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginProlog");
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 /* For now there is just the one procset to be included in the PS file. */
|
|
|
5026 if (!prt_add_resource(&res_prolog))
|
|
|
5027 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 /* There will be only one font encoding to be included in the PS file. */
|
|
|
5030 if (!prt_add_resource(&res_encoding))
|
|
|
5031 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5032
|
|
|
5033 prt_dsc_noarg("EndProlog");
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 /*
|
|
|
5036 * PS Document setup - must appear after the prolog
|
|
|
5037 */
|
|
|
5038 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginSetup");
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 /* Device setup - page size and number of uncollated copies */
|
|
|
5041 prt_write_int((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].width);
|
|
|
5042 prt_write_int((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].height);
|
|
|
5043 prt_write_int(0);
|
|
|
5044 prt_write_string("sps\n");
|
|
|
5045 prt_write_int(prt_num_copies);
|
|
|
5046 prt_write_string("nc\n");
|
|
|
5047 prt_write_boolean(prt_duplex);
|
|
|
5048 prt_write_boolean(prt_tumble);
|
|
|
5049 prt_write_string("dt\n");
|
|
|
5050 prt_write_boolean(prt_collate);
|
|
|
5051 prt_write_string("c\n");
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 /* Font resource inclusion and definition */
|
|
|
5054 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5055 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN]);
|
|
|
5056 prt_def_font("F0", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5057 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN]);
|
|
|
5058 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5059 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD]);
|
|
|
5060 prt_def_font("F1", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5061 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD]);
|
|
|
5062 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5063 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5064 prt_def_font("F2", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5065 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5066 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5067 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5068 prt_def_font("F3", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5069 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 /* Misc constant vars used for underlining and background rects */
|
|
|
5072 prt_def_var("UO", PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5073 prt_ps_font.uline_offset), 2);
|
|
|
5074 prt_def_var("UW", PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5075 prt_ps_font.uline_width), 2);
|
|
|
5076 prt_def_var("BO", prt_bgcol_offset, 2);
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 prt_dsc_noarg("EndSetup");
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 /* Fail if any problems writing out to the PS file */
|
|
|
5081 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5082 }
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 void
|
|
|
5085 mch_print_end(psettings)
|
|
|
5086 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
5087 {
|
|
|
5088 prt_dsc_noarg("Trailer");
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 /*
|
|
|
5091 * Output any info we don't know in toto until we finish
|
|
|
5092 */
|
|
|
5093 prt_dsc_ints("Pages", 1, &prt_page_num);
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 prt_dsc_noarg("EOF");
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 if (!prt_file_error && psettings->outfile == NULL
|
|
|
5098 && !got_int && !psettings->user_abort)
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 /* Close the file first. */
|
|
|
5101 if (prt_ps_fd != NULL)
|
|
|
5102 {
|
|
|
5103 fclose(prt_ps_fd);
|
|
|
5104 prt_ps_fd = NULL;
|
|
|
5105 }
|
|
|
5106 prt_message((char_u *)_("Sending to printer..."));
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 /* Not printing to a file: use 'printexpr' to print the file. */
|
|
|
5109 if (eval_printexpr(prt_ps_file_name, psettings->arguments) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5110 EMSG(_("E365: Failed to print PostScript file"));
|
|
|
5111 else
|
|
|
5112 prt_message((char_u *)_("Print job sent."));
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 int
|
|
|
5119 mch_print_end_page()
|
|
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 prt_write_string("re sp\n");
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 prt_dsc_noarg("PageTrailer");
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5128 }
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5131 int
|
|
|
5132 mch_print_begin_page(str)
|
|
|
5133 char_u *str;
|
|
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 int page_num[2];
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 prt_page_num++;
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 page_num[0] = page_num[1] = prt_page_num;
|
|
|
5140 prt_dsc_ints("Page", 2, page_num);
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginPageSetup");
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 prt_write_string("sv\n0 g\nF0 sf\n");
|
|
|
5145 prt_fgcol = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
5146 prt_bgcol = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
5147 prt_font = PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN;
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 /* Set up page transformation for landscape printing. */
|
|
|
5150 if (!prt_portrait)
|
|
|
5151 {
|
|
|
5152 prt_write_int(-((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].width));
|
|
|
5153 prt_write_string("sl\n");
|
|
|
5154 }
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 prt_dsc_noarg("EndPageSetup");
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 /* We have reset the font attributes, force setting them again. */
|
|
|
5159 curr_bg = (long_u)0xffffffff;
|
|
|
5160 curr_fg = (long_u)0xffffffff;
|
|
|
5161 curr_bold = MAYBE;
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 int
|
|
|
5167 mch_print_blank_page()
|
|
|
5168 {
|
|
|
5169 return (mch_print_begin_page(NULL) ? (mch_print_end_page()) : FALSE);
|
|
|
5170 }
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 static float prt_pos_x = 0;
|
|
|
5173 static float prt_pos_y = 0;
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 void
|
|
|
5176 mch_print_start_line(margin, page_line)
|
|
|
5177 int margin;
|
|
|
5178 int page_line;
|
|
|
5179 {
|
|
|
5180 prt_pos_x = prt_left_margin;
|
|
|
5181 if (margin)
|
|
|
5182 prt_pos_x -= prt_number_width;
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 prt_pos_y = prt_top_margin - prt_first_line_height -
|
|
|
5185 page_line * prt_line_height;
|
|
|
5186
|
|
|
5187 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5188 prt_need_moveto = TRUE;
|
|
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5192 int
|
|
|
5193 mch_print_text_out(p, len)
|
|
|
5194 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5195 int len;
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 int need_break;
|
|
|
5198 char_u ch;
|
|
|
5199 char_u ch_buff[8];
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 /* Output any required changes to the graphics state, after flushing any
|
|
|
5202 * text buffered so far.
|
|
|
5203 */
|
|
|
5204 if (prt_attribute_change)
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5207 /* Reset count of number of chars that will be printed */
|
|
|
5208 prt_text_count = 0;
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 if (prt_need_moveto)
|
|
|
5211 {
|
|
|
5212 prt_pos_x_moveto = prt_pos_x;
|
|
|
5213 prt_pos_y_moveto = prt_pos_y;
|
|
|
5214 prt_do_moveto = TRUE;
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 prt_need_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 if (prt_need_font)
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 prt_write_string("F");
|
|
|
5221 prt_write_int(prt_font);
|
|
|
5222 prt_write_string("sf\n");
|
|
|
5223 prt_need_font = FALSE;
|
|
|
5224 }
|
|
|
5225 if (prt_need_fgcol)
|
|
|
5226 {
|
|
|
5227 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
5228 r = ((unsigned)prt_fgcol & 0xff0000) >> 16;
|
|
|
5229 g = ((unsigned)prt_fgcol & 0xff00) >> 8;
|
|
|
5230 b = prt_fgcol & 0xff;
|
|
|
5231
|
|
|
5232 prt_write_real(r / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5233 if (r == g && g == b)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 prt_write_string("g\n");
|
|
|
5236 }
|
|
|
5237 else
|
|
|
5238 {
|
|
|
5239 prt_write_real(g / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5240 prt_write_real(b / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5241 prt_write_string("r\n");
|
|
|
5242 }
|
|
|
5243 prt_need_fgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 if (prt_bgcol != PRCOLOR_WHITE)
|
|
|
5247 {
|
|
|
5248 prt_new_bgcol = prt_bgcol;
|
|
|
5249 if (prt_need_bgcol)
|
|
|
5250 prt_do_bgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5251 }
|
|
|
5252 else
|
|
|
5253 prt_do_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5254 prt_need_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5255
|
|
|
5256 if (prt_need_underline)
|
|
|
5257 prt_do_underline = prt_underline;
|
|
|
5258 prt_need_underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 prt_attribute_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
5261 }
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5264 if (prt_do_conv)
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 /* Convert from multi-byte to 8-bit encoding */
|
|
|
5267 p = string_convert(&prt_conv, p, &len);
|
|
|
5268 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5269 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5270 }
|
|
|
5271 #endif
|
|
|
5272 /* Add next character to buffer of characters to output.
|
|
|
5273 * Note: One printed character may require several PS characters to
|
|
|
5274 * represent it, but we only count them as one printed character.
|
|
|
5275 */
|
|
|
5276 ch = *p;
|
|
|
5277 if (ch < 32 || ch == '(' || ch == ')' || ch == '\\')
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 /* Convert non-printing characters to either their escape or octal
|
|
|
5280 * sequence, ensures PS sent over a serial line does not interfere with
|
|
|
5281 * the comms protocol.
|
|
|
5282 * Note: For EBCDIC we need to write out the escape sequences as ASCII
|
|
|
5283 * codes!
|
|
|
5284 * Note 2: Char codes < 32 are identical in EBCDIC and ASCII AFAIK!
|
|
|
5285 */
|
|
|
5286 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('\\', 0134));
|
|
|
5287 switch (ch)
|
|
|
5288 {
|
|
|
5289 case BS: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('b', 0142)); break;
|
|
|
5290 case TAB: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('t', 0164)); break;
|
|
|
5291 case NL: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('n', 0156)); break;
|
|
|
5292 case FF: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('f', 0146)); break;
|
|
|
5293 case CAR: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('r', 0162)); break;
|
|
|
5294 case '(': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('(', 0050)); break;
|
|
|
5295 case ')': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB(')', 0051)); break;
|
|
|
5296 case '\\': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('\\', 0134)); break;
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 default:
|
|
|
5299 sprintf((char *)ch_buff, "%03o", (unsigned int)ch);
|
|
|
5300 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5301 ebcdic2ascii(ch_buff, 3);
|
|
|
5302 #endif
|
|
|
5303 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[0]);
|
|
|
5304 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[1]);
|
|
|
5305 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[2]);
|
|
|
5306 break;
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309 else
|
|
|
5310 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch);
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5313 /* Need to free any translated characters */
|
|
|
5314 if (prt_do_conv && (*p != NUL))
|
|
|
5315 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
5316 #endif
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 prt_text_count++;
|
|
|
5319 prt_pos_x += prt_char_width;
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 /* The downside of fp - need a little tolerance in the right margin check */
|
|
|
5322 need_break = (prt_pos_x + prt_char_width > (prt_right_margin + 0.01));
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 if (need_break)
|
|
|
5325 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 return need_break;
|
|
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 void
|
|
|
5331 mch_print_set_font(iBold, iItalic, iUnderline)
|
|
|
5332 int iBold;
|
|
|
5333 int iItalic;
|
|
|
5334 int iUnderline;
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 int font = 0;
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 if (iBold)
|
|
|
5339 font |= 0x01;
|
|
|
5340 if (iItalic)
|
|
|
5341 font |= 0x02;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 if (font != prt_font)
|
|
|
5344 {
|
|
|
5345 prt_font = font;
|
|
|
5346 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5347 prt_need_font = TRUE;
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349 if (prt_underline != iUnderline)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 prt_underline = iUnderline;
|
|
|
5352 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5353 prt_need_underline = TRUE;
|
|
|
5354 }
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 void
|
|
|
5358 mch_print_set_bg(bgcol)
|
|
|
5359 long_u bgcol;
|
|
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 prt_bgcol = bgcol;
|
|
|
5362 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5363 prt_need_bgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5364 }
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 void
|
|
|
5367 mch_print_set_fg(fgcol)
|
|
|
5368 long_u fgcol;
|
|
|
5369 {
|
|
|
5370 if (fgcol != (long_u)prt_fgcol)
|
|
|
5371 {
|
|
|
5372 prt_fgcol = fgcol;
|
|
|
5373 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5374 prt_need_fgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 # endif /*FEAT_POSTSCRIPT*/
|
|
|
5379 #endif /*FEAT_PRINTER*/
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 #if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5382 && (defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG))
|
|
|
5383 static char *get_locale_val __ARGS((int what));
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 static char *
|
|
|
5386 get_locale_val(what)
|
|
|
5387 int what;
|
|
|
5388 {
|
|
|
5389 char *loc;
|
|
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 /* Obtain the locale value from the libraries. For DJGPP this is
|
|
|
5392 * redefined and it doesn't use the arguments. */
|
|
|
5393 loc = setlocale(what, NULL);
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 # if defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
|
|
5396 if (loc != NULL)
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 /* Borland returns something like "LC_CTYPE=<name>\n"
|
|
|
5401 * Let's try to fix that bug here... */
|
|
|
5402 p = vim_strchr(loc, '=');
|
|
|
5403 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 loc = ++p;
|
|
|
5406 while (*p != NUL) /* remove trailing newline */
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 if (*p < ' ')
|
|
|
5409 {
|
|
|
5410 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
5411 break;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413 ++p;
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417 # endif
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 return loc;
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 #endif
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5425 /*
|
|
|
5426 * On MS-Windows locale names are strings like "German_Germany.1252", but
|
|
|
5427 * gettext expects "de". Try to translate one into another here for a few
|
|
|
5428 * supported languages.
|
|
|
5429 */
|
|
|
5430 static char_u *
|
|
|
5431 gettext_lang(char_u *name)
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 int i;
|
|
|
5434 static char *(mtable[]) = {
|
|
|
5435 "afrikaans", "af",
|
|
|
5436 "czech", "cs",
|
|
|
5437 "dutch", "nl",
|
|
|
5438 "german", "de",
|
|
|
5439 "english_united kingdom", "en_GB",
|
|
|
5440 "spanish", "es",
|
|
|
5441 "french", "fr",
|
|
|
5442 "italian", "it",
|
|
|
5443 "japanese", "ja",
|
|
|
5444 "korean", "ko",
|
|
|
5445 "norwegian", "no",
|
|
|
5446 "polish", "pl",
|
|
|
5447 "russian", "ru",
|
|
|
5448 "slovak", "sk",
|
|
|
5449 "swedish", "sv",
|
|
|
5450 "ukrainian", "uk",
|
|
|
5451 "chinese_china", "zh_CN",
|
|
|
5452 "chinese_taiwan", "zh_TW",
|
|
|
5453 NULL};
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 for (i = 0; mtable[i] != NULL; i += 2)
|
|
|
5456 if (STRNICMP(mtable[i], name, STRLEN(mtable[i])) == 0)
|
|
|
5457 return mtable[i + 1];
|
|
|
5458 return name;
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460 #endif
|
|
|
5461
|
|
|
5462 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5463 /*
|
|
|
5464 * Obtain the current messages language. Used to set the default for
|
|
|
5465 * 'helplang'. May return NULL or an empty string.
|
|
|
5466 */
|
|
|
5467 char_u *
|
|
|
5468 get_mess_lang()
|
|
|
5469 {
|
|
|
5470 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 # if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE))
|
|
|
5473 # if defined(LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5474 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_MESSAGES);
|
|
|
5475 # else
|
|
|
5476 /* This is necessary for Win32, where LC_MESSAGES is not defined and $LANG
|
|
|
5477 * may be set to the LCID number. */
|
|
|
5478 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_ALL);
|
|
|
5479 # endif
|
|
|
5480 # else
|
|
|
5481 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL");
|
|
|
5482 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5483 {
|
|
|
5484 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES");
|
|
|
5485 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5486 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LANG");
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488 # endif
|
|
|
5489 # ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5490 p = gettext_lang(p);
|
|
|
5491 # endif
|
|
|
5492 return p;
|
|
|
5493 }
|
|
|
5494 #endif
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 #if !defined(LC_MESSAGES) \
|
|
|
5497 && (((defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5498 && (defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE))) \
|
|
|
5499 || defined(FEAT_EVAL))
|
|
|
5500 static char_u *get_mess_env __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 /*
|
|
|
5503 * Get the language used for messages from the environment.
|
|
|
5504 */
|
|
|
5505 static char_u *
|
|
|
5506 get_mess_env()
|
|
|
5507 {
|
|
|
5508 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL");
|
|
|
5511 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES");
|
|
|
5514 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5515 {
|
|
|
5516 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LANG");
|
|
|
5517 if (p != NULL && VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
5518 p = NULL; /* ignore something like "1043" */
|
|
|
5519 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5520 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5521 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_CTYPE);
|
|
|
5522 # endif
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 return p;
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527 #endif
|
|
|
5528
|
|
|
5529 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 /*
|
|
|
5532 * Set the "v:lang" variable according to the current locale setting.
|
|
|
5533 * Also do "v:lc_time"and "v:ctype".
|
|
|
5534 */
|
|
|
5535 void
|
|
|
5536 set_lang_var()
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 char_u *loc;
|
|
|
5539
|
|
|
5540 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5541 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_CTYPE);
|
|
|
5542 # else
|
|
|
5543 /* setlocale() not supported: use the default value */
|
|
|
5544 loc = (char_u *)"C";
|
|
|
5545 # endif
|
|
|
5546 set_vim_var_string(VV_CTYPE, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5547
|
|
|
5548 /* When LC_MESSAGES isn't defined use the value from $LC_MESSAGES, fall
|
|
|
5549 * back to LC_CTYPE if it's empty. */
|
|
|
5550 # if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) && defined(LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5551 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_MESSAGES);
|
|
|
5552 # else
|
|
|
5553 loc = get_mess_env();
|
|
|
5554 # endif
|
|
|
5555 set_vim_var_string(VV_LANG, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5558 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_TIME);
|
|
|
5559 # endif
|
|
|
5560 set_vim_var_string(VV_LC_TIME, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5561 }
|
|
|
5562 #endif
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 #if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5565 && (defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE))
|
|
|
5566 /*
|
|
|
5567 * ":language": Set the language (locale).
|
|
|
5568 */
|
|
|
5569 void
|
|
|
5570 ex_language(eap)
|
|
|
5571 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 char *loc;
|
|
|
5574 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5575 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5576 int what = LC_ALL;
|
|
|
5577 char *whatstr = "";
|
|
|
5578 #ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5579 # define VIM_LC_MESSAGES LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5580 #else
|
|
|
5581 # define VIM_LC_MESSAGES 6789
|
|
|
5582 #endif
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 name = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 /* Check for "messages {name}", "ctype {name}" or "time {name}" argument.
|
|
|
5587 * Allow abbreviation, but require at least 3 characters to avoid
|
|
|
5588 * confusion with a two letter language name "me" or "ct". */
|
|
|
5589 p = skiptowhite(eap->arg);
|
|
|
5590 if ((*p == NUL || vim_iswhite(*p)) && p - eap->arg >= 3)
|
|
|
5591 {
|
|
|
5592 if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "messages", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5593 {
|
|
|
5594 what = VIM_LC_MESSAGES;
|
|
|
5595 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5596 whatstr = "messages ";
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 else if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "ctype", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
|
5600 what = LC_CTYPE;
|
|
|
5601 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5602 whatstr = "ctype ";
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604 else if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "time", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5605 {
|
|
|
5606 what = LC_TIME;
|
|
|
5607 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5608 whatstr = "time ";
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 }
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 if (*name == NUL)
|
|
|
5613 {
|
|
|
5614 #ifndef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5615 if (what == VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5616 p = get_mess_env();
|
|
|
5617 else
|
|
|
5618 #endif
|
|
|
5619 p = (char_u *)setlocale(what, NULL);
|
|
|
5620 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5621 p = (char_u *)"Unknown";
|
|
|
5622 smsg((char_u *)_("Current %slanguage: \"%s\""), whatstr, p);
|
|
|
5623 }
|
|
|
5624 else
|
|
|
5625 {
|
|
|
5626 #ifndef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5627 if (what == VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5628 loc = "";
|
|
|
5629 else
|
|
|
5630 #endif
|
|
|
5631 loc = setlocale(what, (char *)name);
|
|
|
5632 if (loc == NULL)
|
|
|
5633 EMSG2(_("E197: Cannot set language to \"%s\""), name);
|
|
|
5634 else
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef HAVE_NL_MSG_CAT_CNTR
|
|
|
5637 /* Need to do this for GNU gettext, otherwise cached translations
|
|
|
5638 * will be used again. */
|
|
|
5639 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
|
|
5642 #endif
|
|
|
5643 /* Reset $LC_ALL, otherwise it would overrule everyting. */
|
|
|
5644 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL", (char_u *)"");
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 if (what != LC_TIME)
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 /* Tell gettext() what to translate to. It apparently doesn't
|
|
|
5649 * use the currently effective locale. Also do this when
|
|
|
5650 * FEAT_GETTEXT isn't defined, so that shell commands use this
|
|
|
5651 * value. */
|
|
|
5652 if (what == LC_ALL)
|
|
|
5653 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LANG", name);
|
|
|
5654 if (what != LC_CTYPE)
|
|
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 char_u *mname;
|
|
|
5657 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5658 mname = gettext_lang(name);
|
|
|
5659 #else
|
|
|
5660 mname = name;
|
|
|
5661 #endif
|
|
|
5662 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES", mname);
|
|
|
5663 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
|
|
|
5664 set_helplang_default(mname);
|
|
|
5665 #endif
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 /* Set $LC_CTYPE, because it overrules $LANG, and
|
|
|
5669 * gtk_set_locale() calls setlocale() again. gnome_init()
|
|
|
5670 * sets $LC_CTYPE to "en_US" (that's a bug!). */
|
|
|
5671 if (what != VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5672 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_CTYPE", name);
|
|
|
5673 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5674 /* Let GTK know what locale we're using. Not sure this is
|
|
|
5675 * really needed... */
|
|
|
5676 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5677 (void)gtk_set_locale();
|
|
|
5678 # endif
|
|
|
5679 }
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5682 /* Set v:lang, v:lc_time and v:ctype to the final result. */
|
|
|
5683 set_lang_var();
|
|
|
5684 # endif
|
|
|
5685 }
|
|
|
5686 }
|
|
|
5687 }
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5690 /*
|
|
|
5691 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the possible arguments of the
|
|
|
5692 * ":language" command.
|
|
|
5693 */
|
|
|
5694 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5695 char_u *
|
|
|
5696 get_lang_arg(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5697 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5698 int idx;
|
|
|
5699 {
|
|
|
5700 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
5701 return (char_u *)"messages";
|
|
|
5702 if (idx == 1)
|
|
|
5703 return (char_u *)"ctype";
|
|
|
5704 if (idx == 2)
|
|
|
5705 return (char_u *)"time";
|
|
|
5706 return NULL;
|
|
|
5707 }
|
|
|
5708 # endif
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 #endif
|
